-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, VH3uTCKtdqhOqsk77iFiPXwTCMmFHar/I4zqzekSpqq5Itw7H99llZN/NoEquxJQ X/0p+4H3h5DHJFhUY45qyQ== 0000950123-09-041458.txt : 20090908 0000950123-09-041458.hdr.sgml : 20090907 20090908071434 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-09-041458 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 14 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20090627 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090908 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090908 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: BARRY R G CORP /OH/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000749872 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FOOTWEAR, (NO RUBBER) [3140] IRS NUMBER: 314362899 STATE OF INCORPORATION: OH FISCAL YEAR END: 0701 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-08769 FILM NUMBER: 091057079 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 13405 YARMOUTH RD NW CITY: PICKERINGTON STATE: OH ZIP: 43147 BUSINESS PHONE: 6148646400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 13405 YARMOUTH RD NW CITY: PICKERINGTON STATE: OH ZIP: 43147 10-K 1 c89915e10vk.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 001-08769
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Ohio
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  31-4362899
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
13405 Yarmouth Road N.W.
Pickerington, Ohio 43147

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
 (614) 864-6400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Shares, Par Value $1.00 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market
    (The NASDAQ Global Market)
     
Series II Junior Participating Class A   The NASDAQ Stock Market
Preferred Share Purchase Rights    
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company þ
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $47,842,438 as of December 26, 2008.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 10,722,494 common shares, $1.00 par value, as of September 2, 2009.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be furnished to shareholders of the Registrant in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on October 29, 2009, which will be filed pursuant to SEC Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after June 27, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent provided herein.
 
 

 

 


 

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
FISCAL 2009
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    3  
 
     
    3  
 
       
PART I
 
       
    4  
 
       
    10  
 
       
    14  
 
       
    14  
 
       
    15  
 
       
    15  
 
       
    15  
 
       
PART II
 
       
    16  
 
       
    18  
 
       
    20  
 
       
    33  
 
       
    34  
 
       
    66  
 
       
    66  
 
       
    67  
 
       
PART III
 
       
    67  
 
       
    69  
 
     
    69  
 
       
    69  
 
       
    69  
 
       
PART IV
 
       
    70  
 
       
 Exhibit 3.10
 Exhibit 10.11
 Exhibit 10.17
 Exhibit 10.41
 Exhibit 10.55
 Exhibit 10.56
 Exhibit 14.1
 Exhibit 21.1
 Exhibit 23.1
 Exhibit 24.1
 Exhibit 31.1
 Exhibit 31.2
 Exhibit 32.1
 
     
*   Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be furnished to shareholders of the Registrant in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on October 29, 2009, which Proxy Statement is expected to be filed not later than September 10, 2009.

 

2


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:
Some of the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”) contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “could,” “should,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” or words with similar meanings. Any statements that refer to projections of our future performance, anticipated trends in our business and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These statements, which are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, are based upon our current plans and strategies and reflect our current assessment of the risks and uncertainties related to our business. These risks include, but are not limited to: our continuing ability to source products from third parties located outside North America; competitive cost pressures; the loss of retailer customers to competitors, consolidations, bankruptcies or liquidations; shifts in consumer preferences; the impact of the highly seasonal nature of our business upon our operations; inaccurate forecasting of consumer demand; difficulties liquidating excess inventory; disruption of our supply chain or distribution networks; and our investment of excess cash in certificates of deposit and other non-auction rate marketable securities. You should read this 2009 Form 10-K carefully, because the forward-looking statements contained in it (1) discuss our future expectations; (2) contain projections of our future results of operations or of our future financial condition; or (3) state other “forward-looking” information. The risk factors described in this 2009 Form 10-K and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in particular “Item 1A. Risk Factors”of Part I of this 2009 Form 10-K, give examples of the types of uncertainties that may cause actual performance to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. If the events described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of Part I of this 2009 Form 10-K occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. You should also know that it is impossible to predict or identify all risks and uncertainties related to our business. Consequently, no one should consider any such list to be a complete set of all potential risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the statement is made to reflect unanticipated events. Any further disclosures in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission should also be considered.
DEFINITIONS
All references in this 2009 Form 10-K to “we”, “us”, “our”, and the “Company” refer to R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation (the registrant) or, where appropriate, to R.G. Barry Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Company’s annual reporting period is either a fifty-two or fifty-three-week period (“fiscal year”) ending annually on the Saturday nearest June 30. For definitional purposes, as used herein, the terms listed below include the respective periods noted:
     
Fiscal 2010
  53 weeks ending July 3, 2010
Fiscal 2009
  52 weeks ended June 27, 2009
Fiscal 2008
  52 weeks ended June 28, 2008
Fiscal 2007
  52 weeks ended June 30, 2007
2006 fifty-two-week period
  52 weeks ended July 1, 2006
2006 transition period
  26 weeks ended July 1, 2006
2005 twenty-six-week period
  26 weeks ended July 2, 2005
Fiscal 2005
  52 weeks ended December 31, 2005

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business.
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
We are a leading developer and marketer of accessory footwear, a retail category led by slippers, but one that also encompasses sandals, hybrid and active fashion footwear, slipper socks and hosiery. We serve a broad spectrum of North American retailers of all size and retail category with our family of proprietary and licensed brands. We also develop and source private label accessory footwear products for some of North America’s leading retailers.
From our founding in 1947 until early 2004, we operated as a manufacturing-based developer and marketer of accessory footwear products. Beginning in 2004, we implemented a new, flexible business and sourcing model. Under the new model, we exited our international slipper manufacturing operations; reduced operating costs and financially restructured our business; strengthened senior management; and developed and implemented a long-term growth strategy. As a result of these changes, we have recorded consistent profitability and increased net sales annually since 2005, a period that included some of the most difficult retail seasons in decades.
Approximately 85% of our fiscal 2009 net sales were from slipper-type products sold under our own brands with the remainder of fiscal 2009 net sales divided among private label and licensed accessory footwear products.
We traditionally record approximately 70% of our net sales in the second six months of the calendar year. We have identified the popularity of slippers as a holiday gift item as being principally responsible for this heavy seasonal weighting. One of our on-going corporate objectives is to locate and acquire or develop businesses that will add more seasonal balance to our business model.
As a recognized leader in many of the core competencies necessary for success in the accessory footwear business, we incorporate our strengths in design and product development; sourcing quality and value; consumer brand marketing; retail category management; supply chain and logistics; and relationship building into our long-term growth strategy. This strategy also includes investing in and nurturing our core brands; continuing diversification through category appropriate acquisitions; entering meaningful branding and licensing opportunities; targeting new or underserved retailers; introducing innovative, new products and brands; and expanding internationally through distributorships.
Within the framework of our growth strategy, management also focuses on controlling risk, improving liquidity, increasing cash reserves, protecting the balance sheet, generating an appropriate return on investments and keeping the business sustainable while taking the kinds of intelligent risks that are necessary to encourage long-term, profitable growth.
Prior to the June 2007 sale of our wholly-owned French subsidiary Escapade, S.A. and its Fargeot et Compagnie, S.A. subsidiary (collectively, “Fargeot”), we operated in two segments: the Barry North America Group and the Barry Europe Group, which included Fargeot. The sale of Fargeot was reported as discontinued operations as of the end of fiscal 2007 and is discussed further in Note (18) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” of this 2009 Form 10-K. We now report our operations as a single operating segment, North America.

 

4


Table of Contents

Selected financial information about the operating segments by geographic region for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 is presented in Note (16) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
Our executive offices are located at 13405 Yarmouth Road N.W., Pickerington, Ohio 43147. Our telephone number is (614) 864-6400, and our corporate Internet website can be accessed at www.rgbarry.com (this uniform resource locator, or URL, is an inactive textual reference only and is not intended to incorporate our website into this 2009 Form 10-K). We have been a public company since 1962. Our common shares are principally traded on The NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ-GM”) under the trading symbol DFZ.
Principal Products
Since introducing Angel Treads*, the world’s first foam-soled, soft, washable slipper in 1947, we have developed a number of our own accessory footwear brands as well as licensing well-known brands from third parties. Most of our brand lines, both proprietary and licensed, feature slippers for women and men. Most focus on comfort. Products sold under our own trademarks represented approximately 87% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2009 while our licensed brand business represented approximately 3% of consolidated net sales. We also develop and source accessory footwear products for retailers who sell the footwear under their own private labels. These sales represented approximately 10% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2009.
We think our trademarks have significant commercial value. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as they are used in connection with our products and services and the required registration renewals are filed. The Company intends to continue the use of each of its trademarks and renew each of its registered trademarks accordingly. In addition to Angel Treads*, our current principal brand names include Dearfoams*, DF Women The Dearfoams Company*, DF Men The Dearfoams Company*, Dearfoams DF™, The Dearfoams Company DFSport*, EZfeet*, Dearfoams NV*, Snug Treds*, Solé™, Terrasoles*, Utopia™, and Soluna*.*
Currently, the principal products sold under trademarks licensed from third parties include Levi’s** brand slippers and sandals for men, women and children; Nautica** slippers for women and men; and Superga** canvas sneakers and active/fashion footwear for women, men and children.
Dearfoams* is our principal proprietary brand. Since its introduction in 1958, Dearfoams* has, according to our consumer research, become one of the most-recognized brand names in accessory footwear. Several basic slipper profiles are standard in the Dearfoams* brand line, its sub-brands and our other proprietary and licensed slipper brands. These classic footwear silhouettes are in demand throughout the year. The most significant changes to these traditional products are made in response to broadly accepted fashion trends and can include slight variations in design, ornamentation, fabric and color. These products typically have uppers made of man-made fibers such as microfiber suede, knit terry and velour. In addition, corduroy, nylon and an updated assortment of other man-made and natural materials may be used. We also regularly introduce new styles that may offer enhanced comfort elements, fashion-forward design elements or other innovative or new product attributes.
 
     
*   Denotes a trademark of the Company registered in the United States Department of Commerce Patent and Trademark Office.
 
**   Denotes a trademark of the licensor registered in the United States Department of Commerce Patent and Trademark Office.

 

5


Table of Contents

Retail prices for most of our slipper-type products normally range from approximately $5 to $30 per pair, depending on the style of footwear, retail channel and retailer mark-up. Most consumers of our slippers fit within a range of four to six universal sizes. This is a smaller range of sizes than those found in traditional footwear and allows us to carry lower inventory levels than many traditional footwear suppliers.
We debut our new slipper product collections each spring and fall in conjunction with national retail accessory buying markets and other national trade events. We plan to continue the introduction of updated and new products in response to fashion changes, consumer taste preferences and changes in the demographic makeup of our business.
As part of our ongoing effort to diversify our business from product, seasonal, demographic and retail channel perspectives, we have expanded our product portfolio since 2006 to include sandals, indoor/outdoor casual footwear and canvas/active fashion footwear. Many of these products are sold into retail channels and to consumers not previously served by our core business. We sell these products under our own brand names, such as Terrasoles*, and trademarks licensed from third parties, such as Superga**, Levi’s** and Nautica**.
We launched Terrasoles*, a new kind of accessory footwear, in August 2007. Terrasoles* can be worn beyond the home and was developed to specifically address the after-activity comfort footwear needs of those engaged in or aspiring to a variety of sports and life styles. The brand also offers users products with eco-friendly elements in its construction and packaging materials. Our Terrasoles* brand products are sold through specialty stores, independent shoe stores, department stores, outdoor retailers, Internet sites and catalogs. Retail prices of these products range from $49 to $59. Terrasoles* products are displayed on a self-selection basis and are intended to appeal primarily to the self-purchase buyer.
Licenses
In March 2009, we entered into a four-year licensing agreement with Levi Strauss & Company to develop and market a collection of slippers and sandals for the United States market. Levi’s** is one of the most widely-recognized brands in the world. Under the license, we agreed to certain minimum royalty payments, payable quarterly. We have an option to renew the agreement for one additional three year-term commencing on January 1, 2013 and ending December 31, 2015, if certain sales driven terms established under the agreement are met. Our Levi’s** line, including footwear styles for men, women, and children, will debut primarily in national chain department stores and specialty stores in the fall of calendar year 2009 and the Levi’s ** sandals will follow in the spring of 2010. Retail prices for these products will range from $30 to $45. Similar to the Company’s slipper brand lines, products sold under the Levis** brand will be displayed on a self-selection basis and are intended to appeal to “impulse” and “gift-giving” buyers. The Company expects net sales under this brand to be modest in fiscal 2010.
In January 2008, we entered into a three-year licensing agreement with Nautica Apparel, Inc. (“Nautica Apparel”), a subsidiary of VF Sportswear, Inc., a division of VF Corporation, to become the exclusive Nautica** accessory footwear licensee in the United States, Canada, Mexico and Puerto Rico. As a leading global lifestyle brand, Nautica offers a natural extension for our core slipper business. We agreed to certain minimum royalty payments, payable quarterly, under the licensing agreement that extends through December 31, 2010. We have the option to extend the agreement through December 31, 2013 if certain sales based volumes are met for the 2009 calendar year. Products under the Nautica** brand are sold primarily through upper tier department stores and specialty stores and other secondary customer channels. Retail prices range from $35 to $45. Products sold under this license are similar to our other slippers and are displayed on a self-selection basis. The products are intended to appeal to the “impulse” and “gift-giving” buyer. The Company expects net sales under this brand to be modest in fiscal 2010.

 

6


Table of Contents

In June 2007, we entered into a licensing agreement with BasicNet S.p.A. of Turin, Italy, through BasicNet’s U.S. affiliate, Basic Properties America, Inc. (collectively, “BasicNet”), to become the exclusive licensee in the United States, and since July 2008 in Canada, for the Superga** brand. Superga** is a leading European luxury brand in the canvas/active fashion footwear category. Its products include vulcanized, sneaker-type footwear with canvas, linen and leather upper materials. Our licensing agreement was modified in April 2009 and provides us the right to sell Superga** licensed products through December 31, 2013. We agreed to certain minimum royalty payments, payable semi-annually, and to certain net sales targets that extend through December 31, 2012. Under our agreement, BasicNet is responsible for all product development and design activities, including product fit and wear testing, related to Superga**. We began shipping Superga** products in December of 2007. Superga** is sold in the shoe departments of mid-range and premier department stores, in better footwear stores and on Internet websites, at prices ranging from $40 to $80. The products under this brand are marketed primarily for the consumer’s self-purchase. We expect net sales for this brand to be modest in fiscal 2010.
We have said many times that when a growth initiative does not work with our business model, we will exit it and move on. Primarily due to a lack of license exclusivity and the obvious difficulties this brings, we decided to exit our NCAA-licensed My College Footwear™ business. Our decision to not renew the various licenses that underpin MCF had no material financial impact for us in fiscal 2009 or beyond.
We believe that the Levi’s**, Superga** and Nautica** licenses have the potential to become important components of our long-term growth strategy and to add some degree of counter-balance to the seasonal nature of our core business.
Sales and Marketing
We market and sell our products through numerous retail channels, with core collections of slipper-type products primarily sold through traditional, promotional and national chain department stores; mass merchants; discount stores; warehouse clubs; off-price retailers; specialty stores; independent retailers; catalogs; and Internet sites.
Traditionally, our core products have been sold through account managers employed by the Company. In April 2009, we realigned our internal sales resources so that key customers will now be served by specialized cross-functional account teams. We believe that this change will enhance our overall ability to serve our key retailing partners and will contribute to the continuing long-term growth and profitability of our business.
With the Terrasoles* and Superga** brands, we use independent sales representatives. We expect to continue the use of independent representatives for these brands and for some of our future initiatives.
We do not finance our customers’ purchases, although return privileges are granted selectively to some of the Company’s retailing partners. In some cases, we do grant allowances for customers to fund advertising and in-season promotional activities.
The Company maintains a sales office and showroom in New York City. During the spring and fall of each year, we present collections of our products to buyers representing the Company’s key retail customers at scheduled showings. Buyers for our large retailer customers also periodically visit this sales office or our corporate facility in Pickerington, Ohio throughout the year. We also maintain a sales administration office in Bentonville, Arkansas that supports our business with Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “Wal-Mart”), our largest individual customer.

 

7


Table of Contents

Due to the heavy seasonal component of our business, centered in the second half of the calendar year, our inventory investment is largest in early fall in order to support our customers’ needs for the fall and holiday selling seasons. During the Christmas selling season, we hire temporary merchandisers to assist in the display and merchandising of the Company’s products in a number of department stores and chain stores nationally. We pioneered this point-of-sale retail selling floor management technique in the accessories area many years ago and continue to believe that, when it is combined with computerized automatic demand-pull replenishment systems, it optimizes our holiday seasonal sales.
The marketing strategy for our slipper-type brand lines has traditionally focused on maximizing our presence at point of sale, including expanding shelf and floor space by creating and marketing brand lines to different sectors of the consumer market. Substantially all of our products are displayed on a self-selection basis, intended to appeal to “impulse” and “gift-giving” buyers.
Historically, we have advertised our products primarily in print media. Most promotional efforts are conducted in cooperation with our customers. More recent initiatives have been focused on direct-to-consumer sales via our Internet sites.
In fiscal 2010 and beyond, we intend to increase investment in our proprietary brands through the development and implementation of coordinated consumer-oriented marketing strategies and initiatives. The goals of these efforts will include increasing our dominance in the marketplace, increasing our relevance to consumers and increasing innovation within our own family of accessory footwear brands.
Sourcing
We operate an office in Hong Kong to facilitate the procurement of most of our products. We purchase slipper-type products from fourteen different third-party manufacturers, all of which are located in China. Purchases of products sold under the Terrasoles* brand are made from third-party manufacturers different from those we use for slipper-type products. All third-party manufacturers of Terrasoles* products are located in Vietnam. We purchase all Superga** products through suppliers located primarily in Vietnam who provide those products to BasicNet.
Our overall experience with third-party manufacturers has been very good in terms of reliability, delivery times and product quality. We recognize, however, that reliance on third-party manufacturers does create an element of risk related to supply, quality and delivery. During fiscal 2009, we did not experience any substantial adverse quality or timeliness issues. We will continue to ensure that the sourcing activities supported by our Hong Kong office are effectively aligned to ensure that the quality and delivery of products complies with our and our customers’ standards.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Most of our research and development activities relate to fabric selection, design and product testing. During fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, we spent $2.4 million, $2.6 million, and $2.4 million, respectively, to support the development of new products and improvement of existing products. These activities were substantially supported by 17 full-time employees.
RAW MATERIALS
The principal raw materials used in the production of the Company’s products are textile fabrics, threads, foams, other synthetic products, recycled micro fleece and mesh. These materials also include organic materials such as cotton and bamboo as well as packaging materials and are available from a wide range of suppliers. Thus far, the Company’s third-party contract manufacturers have not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining raw materials from their respective suppliers.

 

8


Table of Contents

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
Wal-Mart accounted for 38%, 37% and 33% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. Our sales to Wal-Mart are not as highly seasonal in nature as those to many other customers. J.C. Penney Company, Inc. accounted for 10%, 11% and 11% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. In the event that either of these customers reduces or discontinues its product purchases, it would adversely affect our results of operations.
BACKLOG OF ORDERS
Due to the highly seasonal nature of our business, the backlog of unfilled sales orders is often largest in the July-August time frame as our customer orders are received in preparation for the holiday selling season. The backlogs of unfilled orders as of August month-end periods that ended on August 29, 2009, September 2, 2008 and September 1, 2007 were $31.5 million, $30.8 million and $28.0 million, respectively. The backlogs of unfilled sales orders at the end of fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were approximately $19.3 million, $29.2 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
We anticipate that a large percentage of the unfilled sales orders as of the end of fiscal 2009 will be filled during the first six months of fiscal 2010. Due to the unpredictability of the timing of receipt of customer orders and given the heavy seasonality of our sales, we believe that the status of the backlog of orders may not necessarily be indicative of future business. In recent years, customers have placed their orders much closer to the time of expected delivery, a trend that we expect will continue in the future. Our internal product sourcing and logistics activities will continue to adapt to these and other marketplace changes in an effort to ensure complete and timely deliveries to our customers.
INVENTORY
Inventory risk, resulting primarily from season-to-season fashion- and customer-driven styling changes, makes managing exposure to obsolete inventory one of our supply chain group’s key strategic objectives. Under our current business model, we have been very successful in managing inventory levels, reducing inventory risks and lowering inventory write-downs. We have accomplished this by purchasing inventory closer to the time that it is needed and placing orders that are closely aligned with the visibility of customer demand. The decrease in inventory from the end of fiscal 2008 to the end of fiscal 2009 was primarily due to these efforts and to increased turns on slow-moving and closeout inventories. The decrease also reflected our continued collaboration with key retailing partners to liquidate inventory in season and aggressively sell close-out inventories. We expect to continue these practices in the future.
COMPETITION
We operate in a relatively small segment of the overall accessory footwear retail category. We compete primarily on the basis of price, value, quality and comfort of our products, service to our customers and our marketing and merchandising expertise. We believe that we are among the world’s largest marketers of accessory footwear products; however, this category is a very small component of the highly competitive footwear industry. In recent years, companies that are engaged in other areas of the footwear or in apparel industries have begun to market accessory footwear. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, distribution and marketing resources than we do. In addition, some retailers have sought to source products directly for sale in their stores. We are not aware of any reliable published statistics that indicates our current market-share position in the footwear industry or in the sector providing accessory footwear products.

 

9


Table of Contents

FACILITIES
We own our corporate headquarters building in Pickerington, Ohio. We lease sales and sales administration offices in New York City and Bentonville, Arkansas; and a sourcing representative office in Hong Kong. We do not operate or own any manufacturing facilities.
During fiscal 2009, we relied on our leased distribution center in San Angelo, Texas and an independent third-party logistics provider located in southern California to store products, fulfill customer orders and distribute our products. The distribution center in Texas primarily supports shipments of Terrasoles* and Superga** and other replenishment, closeout product and e-commerce orders. The third-party logistics provider primarily supports case pack shipments to customers. Our principal administrative, sales and distribution facilities are described more fully below under “Item 2. Properties.” of this 2009 Form 10-K.
EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
Compliance with federal, state and local provisions regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, has not had a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We believe that the nature of our operations has little, if any, environmental impact. We anticipate no material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the foreseeable future.
EMPLOYEES
At the close of fiscal 2009, we employed approximately 160 full-time team members, of whom approximately 90% were employed in the United States.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We make available free of charge through our Internet website all annual reports on Form 10-K, all quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, all current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, filed or furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These reports are available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are submitted electronically to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
There are certain risks and uncertainties in our business that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. The following risk factors should be read carefully in connection with evaluating our business and in connection with the forward-looking statements contained in this 2009 Form 10-K. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, our operating results, or our financial condition and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made.
Our North America business, which is our primary business, is dependent on our ability to continue sourcing products from outside North America.
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and depend upon independent third parties to manufacture all of our products. During fiscal 2009, substantially all of our products were manufactured in China, except for our Terrasoles* and Superga** branded products, which were sourced from third-party manufacturers primarily located in Vietnam. The inability of our third-party manufacturers to ship orders of our products in a timely manner or to meet our quality standards could cause us to miss customer delivery date requirements and could result in cancellation of orders, refusals to accept deliveries, or harm to our ongoing business relationships. Furthermore, because quality is a leading factor when customers and retailers accept or reject goods, any decline in the quality of the products produced by our third-party manufacturers could be detrimental not only to a particular order but to future relationships with our customers.

 

10


Table of Contents

We compete with other companies for the production capacity of our third-party manufacturers. Some of these competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have and may have an advantage in securing production from these manufacturers. If we experience a significant increase in demand for our products or if one of our existing third-party manufacturers must be replaced, we may have to find additional third-party manufacturing capacity. There can be no assurance that this additional capacity will be available when required or will be available on terms that are similar to the terms that we have with our existing third-party manufacturers or that are otherwise acceptable to us. If it is necessary for us to replace one or more of our third-party manufacturers, particularly one that we rely on for a substantial portion of our products, we may experience an adverse financial or operational impact, such as increased costs for replacement manufacturing capacity or delays in distribution and delivery of our products to our customers, which could cause us to lose customers or revenues because of late shipments or customers being unwilling to absorb increased costs.
Our international manufacturing operations are subject to the risks of doing business abroad.
We currently purchase 100% of our products for all brands from China, except for the Terrasoles* and Superga** brand products, which are purchased primarily from Vietnam. We expect to continue to purchase our products from China and Vietnam at approximately the same levels in the future. This international sourcing subjects us to the risks of doing business abroad. These risks include:
    the impact on product development, sourcing or manufacturing from public health and contamination risks in China, Vietnam or other countries where we obtain or market our products;
    acts of war and terrorism;
    the impact of disease pandemics;
    social and political disturbances and instability and similar events;
    strikes or other labor disputes;
    export duties, import controls, tariffs, quotas and other trade barriers;
    shipping and transport problems;
    increased expenses, particularly those impacted by any increase in oil prices;
    fluctuations in currency values; and
    general economic conditions in overseas markets.
Because we rely on Chinese and Vietnamese third-party manufacturers for a substantial portion of our product needs, any disruption in our relationships with these manufacturers could adversely affect our operations. While we believe these relationships are strong, if trade relations between the United States and these countries deteriorate or are threatened by instability, our business could be adversely affected. Although we believe that we could find alternative manufacturing sources, there can be no assurance that these sources would be available on terms that are favorable to us or comparable to those with our current manufacturers. Furthermore, a material change in the valuation of the Chinese or Vietnamese currency could adversely impact our product costs, resulting in a significant negative impact on our results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our concentration of customers could have a material adverse effect on us, and our success is dependent on the success of our customers.
As a result of the continuing consolidation in the retail industry, our customer base has decreased, thus increasing the concentration of our customers. Our largest customer, Wal-Mart, accounted for approximately 38%, 37% and 33% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. The Company’s sales to Wal-Mart are not as highly seasonal in nature, as compared to the sales to the rest of the Company’s customers. Wal-Mart and J.C. Penney Company, Inc. combined accounted for over 48% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2009. If either of these customers reduced or discontinued its product purchases from us, it would adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, in recent years, several major department stores have experienced consolidation and ownership changes. In the future, retailers may undergo additional changes that could decrease the number of stores that carry our products, which could adversely affect our results.
Our success is also impacted by the financial results and success of our customers. If any of our major customers, or a substantial portion of our customers, generally, experiences a significant downturn in business, fails to remain committed to our products or brands or realigns affiliations with suppliers or decides to purchase products directly from the manufacturer, then these customers may reduce or discontinue purchases from us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are also subject to the buying plans of our customers, and if our customers do not inform us of changes in their buying plans until it is too late for us to make necessary adjustments to our product lines, we may be adversely affected. We do not have long-term contracts with our customers and sales normally occur on an order-by-order basis. As a result, customers can generally terminate their relationship with us at any time.
Our business faces cost pressures, which could affect our business results.
While we rely on third-party manufacturers as the source of our products, the cost of these products depends, in part, on these manufacturers’ cost of raw materials, labor and energy costs. Thus, our own costs are subject to fluctuations, particularly due to changes in the cost of raw materials and cost of labor in the locations where our products are manufactured, foreign exchange and interest rates.
The footwear industry is highly competitive.
The accessory footwear product category in which we do most of our business is a highly competitive business. If we fail to compete effectively, we may lose market position. We operate in a relatively small segment of the overall footwear industry, supplying accessory footwear products. We believe that we are one of the world’s largest marketers of accessory footwear products. However, this is a very small component of the overall footwear industry. In recent years, companies that are engaged in other areas of the footwear industry and apparel companies have begun to provide accessory footwear and many of these competitors have substantially greater financial, distribution and marketing resources than we do. In addition, many of the retail customers for our products have sought to import competitive products directly from manufacturers in China and elsewhere for sale in their stores on a private label basis. The primary methods we use to compete in our industry include product design, product performance, quality, brand image, price, marketing and promotion and our ability to meet delivery commitments to retailers. A major marketing or promotional success or a technical innovation by one of our competitors could adversely impact our competitive position.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to consumer preferences, and unanticipated shifts in tastes or styles could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.
The accessory footwear product category is subject to rapid changes in consumer preferences. Our performance may be hurt by our competitors’ product development, sourcing, pricing and innovation as well as general changes in consumer tastes and preferences. The accessory footwear product category is also subject to sudden shifts in consumer spending, and a reduction in such spending could adversely affect our results of operations. Consumer spending may be influenced by the amount of the consumer’s disposable income, which may fluctuate based on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence and business conditions. Further, consumer acceptance of new products may fall below expectations and may result in excess inventories or the delay of the launch of new product lines.
If we inaccurately forecast consumer demand, we may experience difficulties in handling consumer orders or liquidating excess inventories and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our industry has relatively long lead times for the design and manufacture of products. Consequently, we must commit to production in advance of orders based on our forecast of consumer demands. If we fail to forecast consumer demand accurately, we may under- or over-source a product and encounter difficulty in handling customer orders or liquidating excess inventory, and we may have to sell excess inventory at a reduced cost. Further, due to the fashion-oriented nature of our products, rapid changes in consumer preferences lead to an increased risk of inventory obsolescence. While we believe we have successfully managed this risk in recent years and believe we can successfully manage it in the future, our operating results will suffer if we are unable to do so.
We rely on distribution centers to store and distribute our products and if there is a natural disaster or other serious disruption in any of these facilities or methods of transport, we may be unable to effectively deliver products to our customers.
We rely on our leased distribution center in San Angelo, Texas as well as a third-party logistics provider located in California to store our products prior to distribution to our customers. Significant disruptions affecting the flow of products to and from these facilities due to natural disasters, labor disputes such as dock strikes, or any other cause could delay receipt and shipment of a portion of our inventory. This could impair our ability to timely deliver our products to our customers and negatively impact our operating results. Although we have insured our finished goods inventory for the amount equal to its carrying cost plus normal profit expected in the sale of that inventory against losses due to fire, earthquake, tornado, flood and terrorist attacks, our insurance program does not protect us against losses due to delays in our receipt and distribution of products due to transport difficulties, cancelled orders or damaged customer relationships that could result from a major disruption affecting the flow of products to and from our distribution facilities.
Further, we are dependent on methods of transport to move our products to and from these facilities. Circumstances may arise where we are unable to find available or reasonably priced shipping to the United States from our manufacturers in China, Vietnam and elsewhere or road and rail transport to our customers in the United States and Canada. If methods of transport are disrupted or if costs increase sharply or suddenly, due to price increases of oil in the world markets or other inflationary pressures, we may not be able to affordably or timely deliver our products to our customers.
The seasonal nature of our business makes management more difficult, and severely reduces cash flow and liquidity during certain parts of the year.
Our business is highly seasonal and much of the results of our operations are dependent on strong performance during the last six months of the calendar year, particularly the holiday selling season. The majority of our marketing and sales activities takes place at industry market week and trade shows in the spring and fall. Our inventory is largest in the early fall to support our customers’ requirements for the fall and holiday selling seasons. Historically, our cash position is strongest in the first six months of the calendar year. Unfavorable economic conditions affecting retailers during the fall and through the holidays in any year could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations for the year. Although our new business initiatives are focused on adding seasonal balance to our business, we can offer no assurance that the seasonal nature of our business will change in the future.

 

13


Table of Contents

We must satisfy minimum covenants regarding our financial condition in order to be able to borrow under our current unsecured credit facility with The Huntington National Bank.
Our current unsecured credit facility with The Huntington National Bank contains certain minimum covenants regarding our financial condition and financial performance. We have remained in compliance with all of these covenants since we entered into the facility on March 29, 2007, and we believe that we will continue to comply with these covenants throughout the remainder of the term of the credit facility agreement as amended June 26, 2009, which runs through December 31, 2012.
We periodically invest funds in certificates of deposit and marketable securities, in which ultimate repayment of amounts invested depends on the financial capacity of the related financial institutions involved.
At June 27, 2009, as part of its cash management and investment program, the Company maintained a portfolio of $25.0 million in short-term investments, consisting of $18.5 million in marketable investment securities consisting of variable rate demand notes and $6.5 million in other short-term investments. The marketable investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. These marketable investment securities are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The other short-term investments are classified as held-to-maturity securities include several corporate bonds which have individual maturity dates ranging from July to December 2009.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
No response required.
Item 2. Properties.
The Company owns our corporate headquarters and executive offices located at 13405 Yarmouth Road N.W. in Pickerington, Ohio, a facility that contains approximately 55,000 square feet. The Company leases space aggregating approximately 180,400 square feet at an approximate aggregate annual rental of $609,200. The following table describes the Company’s principal leased properties during fiscal 2009 and the operating status of those properties at the end of that period:
                                     
        Approximate     Approximate     Lease        
Location   Use   Square Feet     Annual Rental     Expires     Renewals  
 
 
9 East 37th Street, 11th Floor
  Sales Office     5,000     $ 200,000       2015     None
New York City, N.Y.
                                   
 
                                   
Distribution Center
  Shipping, Distribution Center     172,800     $ 330,000       2010     None
San Angelo, Texas
                                   
 
                                   
West Gate Tower
  Sourcing Representative Office     1,300     $ 59,700       2010     None
7 Wing Hong Street
Kowloon, Hong Kong
                                   
 
                                   
903 S.E. 28th Street Suite 7
  Sales Administration Office     1,300     $ 19,500       2009     None
Bentonville, Arkansas
                                   
The Company believes that all of our owned or leased buildings are well maintained, in good operating condition and suitable for their present uses.

 

14


Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
The Company is from time to time involved in claims and litigation considered normal in the ordinary course of our business. There are no significant legal proceedings pending for the Company. While it is not feasible to predict the ultimate outcome, in the opinion of management, the resolution of pending legal proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
There were no matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.
Supplemental Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant.
The following table lists the names and ages of the executive officers of the Company as of September 2, 2009, the positions with the Company presently held by each executive officer and the business experience of each executive officer during the past five years. Unless otherwise indicated, each individual has had his or her principal occupation for more than five years. The executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors subject, when applicable, to their respective contractual rights with the Company and, in the case of Mr. Tunney, pursuant to an employment agreement. There are no family relationships among any of the Company’s executive officers or directors.
             
            Position(s) Held with the Company and
Name   Age   Principal Occupation (s) for Past Five Years
 
           
Greg A. Tunney
    48     Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2006; President of the Company since February 2006; Chief Operating Officer of the Company from February 2006 to May 2006; President and Chief Operating Officer of Phoenix Footwear Group, Inc., a supplier of a diversified selection of men’s and women’s dress and casual footwear, belts, personal items, outdoor sportswear and travel apparel, from 1998 to February 2005.
 
           
Jose G. Ibarra
    50     Senior Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company since January 2009; Senior Vice President — Treasurer of the Company from July 2008 to January 2009; Vice President — Treasurer of the Company from December 2004 to June 2008;
 
           
Glenn D. Evans
    48     Senior Vice President — Sourcing and Logistics of the Company since November 2006; Senior Vice President — Creative Services and Sourcing of the Company from November 2003 to November 2006.
 
           
Yvonne Kalucis
    44     Senior Vice President — Human Resources of the Company since February 2008; Vice President — Human Resources of the Company from September 2007 to February 2008; Director of Human Resources for Limited Brands, Inc., a specialty retailer of women’s intimate and other apparel, beauty and personal care products and accessories under various trade names, from September 2005 to September 2007; Director, Human Resources for Bath & Body Works, a division of Limited Brands, Inc. from October 2002 to September 2005.
 
           
Gregory A. Ackard
    48     Senior Vice President — Sales of the Company since April 2009; Vice President Sales — National Accounts of the Company from January 2008 to April 2009; National Account Manager of the Company from January 2006 to January 2008; Vice President National Accounts of the Company from January 2005 to January 2006; Vice President Business Development/Sales Planning of the Company from August 2002 to January 2005.
 
           
Lee F. Smith
    47     Senior Vice President — Creative Services of the Company since January 2009; Senior Vice President — Design and Product Development of the Company from December 2006 to January 2009; President of Pacific Footwear Services, a footwear business development company engaged primarily in the research, design, development and commercialization of footwear products for a variety of customers, from 2004 to 2006.
 
           
Jeffrey P. Bua
    55     President — License Brands of the Company since February 2009; Senior Vice President of Sports Casuals International, an apparel development specialist for private brands, from October 2003 to January 2009.
 
           
Douglas J. Yannucci
    37     President — Dearfoams® & Brands of the Company since April 2009; Vice President — Sales — Wal-Mart Global of the Company from January 2008 to April 2009; Wal-Mart Team Leader of the Company from October 2005 to January 2008; Director — Sales Executive, Director of Multi-Channel Accounts, Sales Executive, Mass Merchant & Catalog Accounts, Sales & Export Coordinator — Department & Specialty Stores of Sure Fit Inc., a manufacturer of ready-made one-piece slipcovers and decorative home accessories, from September 1997 to October 2005.
 
           
Thomas JZ Konecki
    54     President — Private Brands of the Company since March 2009; Senior Vice President — Sales, Licensing and Business Development of the Company from May 2007 to March 2009; Senior Vice President — Sales and Business Development of the Company from May 2006 to May 2007; President of H.S. Trask & Co. division and Corporate Vice President of Phoenix Footwear Group, Inc., a supplier of a diversified selection of men’s and women’s dress and casual footwear, belts, personal items, outdoor sportswear and travel apparel, from September 2003 to February 2006.

 

15


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market and Dividend Information
                                 
    Quarter     High     Low     Close  
 
                               
Fiscal 2009
  First   $ 8.73     $ 6.77     $ 6.88  
 
  Second     6.90       4.85       4.99  
 
  Third     6.50       4.86       5.81  
 
  Fourth     7.63       5.26       7.63  
 
                               
Fiscal 2008
  First   $ 12.97     $ 8.26     $ 9.65  
 
  Second     10.35       7.03       7.05  
 
  Third     8.09       6.52       7.65  
 
  Fourth     8.84       7.27       8.71  
Since March 10, 2008, common shares of the Company have traded on NASDAQ-GM under the “DFZ” symbol. From December 2, 2005 through March 9, 2008, the common shares of the Company traded on the American Stock Exchange LLC (now known as NYSE Amex) under the “DFZ” symbol.
The high, low and close sales prices shown above reflect the prices as reported in those markets where the Company’s common shares traded during the periods noted.

 

16


Table of Contents

Approximate Number of Registered Shareholders: 1,900 as of September 2, 2009.
On May 1, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on June 15, 2009 to shareholders of record at the close of business on June 1, 2009. This dividend payment amounted to approximately $2.7 million. The Board of Directors also adopted a cash dividend policy under which a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share (totaling $0.20 per year) will be paid on the Company’s common shares beginning in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2009. Future dividends will be dependent on the earnings, financial condition, shareholders’ equity levels, cash flow and business requirements of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors.
The unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Bank Facility”) between the Company and The Huntington National Bank (“Huntington”), as amended June 26, 2009, places no restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends. See the discussion of the Bank Facility in Note (6) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” and in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
Information Regarding Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
No disclosure is required under Item 701 of SEC Regulation S-K.
Purchases of Equity Securities by Registrant
Neither the Company nor any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a) (3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, purchased any common shares of the Company during the fiscal quarter ended June 27, 2009. The Company does not currently have in effect a publicly announced repurchase plan or program. However, the Company is authorized under the terms of its stock-based compensation plans to withhold common shares which would otherwise be issued in order to satisfy related individual tax liabilities upon issuance of common shares in accordance with the terms of restricted stock unit (RSU) agreements.

 

17


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
Selected Financial Data (1)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                                                 
                            Fifty-two                    
                            weeks ended     Twenty-Six Weeks Ended              
    Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     July 1,     July 1,     July 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2006     2005     2005     2004  
Summary of Operating Results
                                                               
Net sales
  $ 113,817     $ 109,499     $ 105,332     $ 97,467     $ 28,455     $ 28,634     $ 97,646     $ 96,275  
Cost of sales
    70,350       64,520       63,561       55,229       16,295       15,582       54,515       60,053  
Gross profit
    43,467       44,979       41,771       42,238       12,160       13,052       43,131       36,222  
Gross profit as percent of net sales
    38.2 %     41.1 %     39.7 %     43.3 %     42.7 %     45.6 %     44.2 %     37.6 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    32,971       32,126       30,367       33,302       13,886       13,779       33,217       38,344  
Gain on insurance recovery
          (1,362 )                                    
Gain on sale of land
                (878 )                              
Restructuring and asset impairment charges
                179       3,825       2,556       349       1,619       17,341  
Operating profit (loss)
    10,496       14,215       12,103       5,111       (4,282 )     (1,076 )     8,295       (19,463 )
Other income
    15       50       146       402       130       90       385       419  
Interest income (expense), net
    670       585       (166 )     (744 )     (114 )     (207 )     (838 )     (1,227 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes and minority interest
    11,181       14,850       12,083       4,769       (4,266 )     (1,193 )     7,842       (20,271 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (4,189 )     (5,065 )     13,652       (112 )                 (112 )     (116 )
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    6,992       9,785       25,735       4,657       (4,266 )     (1,193 )     7,730       (20,387 )
 
                                                               
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (including $1,240 impairment loss in fiscal 2007)
                (590 )     206       67       179       318       522  
Net earnings (loss)
    6,992       9,785       25,145       4,863       (4,199 )     (1,014 )     8,048       (19,865 )
Additional Data
                                                               
Basic earnings (loss) per common share — continuing operations
  $ 0.66     $ 0.93     $ 2.55     $ 0.47     $ (0.43 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.78     $ (2.07 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share — continuing operations
    0.65       0.92       2.46       0.45       (0.43 )     (0.12 )     0.76       (2.07 )
Basic earnings (loss) per common share — discontinued operations
                (0.06 )     0.02       0.01       0.02       0.03       0.05  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share — discontinued operations
                (0.06 )     0.02       0.01       0.02       0.03       0.05  
Basic net earnings (loss) per common share
    0.66       0.93       2.49       0.49       (0.42 )     (0.10 )     0.82       (2.02 )
Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share
    0.65       0.92       2.40       0.47       (0.42 )     (0.10 )     0.79       (2.02 )
Dividends declared
    2,681                                            
Dividends declared per common share
    0.20                                            
Book value per share (at the end of period)
    4.28       4.31       3.46       0.90       0.90       0.40       1.13       0.51  
 
                                               
Annual % change in net sales
    3.9 %     4.0 %     8.1 %     (.02 %)     (.6 %)     1.2 %     1.4 %     (16.1 %)
Annual % change in net earnings (loss)
    (28.6 %)     (61.1 %)     212.4 %     (60.4 %)     (314.1 %)     95.61 %     140.5 %     8.5 %
Return (net earnings (loss) from continuing operations) on net sales
    9.8 %     13.6 %     11.5 %     4.9 %     (15.0 %)     (4.2 %)     8.0 %     (21.1 %)
Net earnings (loss) as a percentage of beginning total shareholders’ equity
    15.2 %     27.02 %     279.5 %     43.8 %     (37.8 %)     (20.4 %)     161.6 %     (78.2 %)

 

18


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data — Continued (1)
(All amount in thousands)
                                                                 
                            Fifty-two                    
                            weeks ended     Twenty-Six Weeks Ended              
    Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     July 1,     July 1,     July 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2006     2005     2005     2004  
Basic weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
    10,633       10,469       10,089       9,929       9,961       9,839       9,869       9,839  
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    10,737       10,691       10,462       10,315       9,961       9,839       10,148       9,839  
 
                                                               
Financial Position at the End of Period
                                                               
Total current assets
  $ 60,582     $ 55,476     $ 49,686     $ 34,809     $ 34,809     $ 30,891     $ 36,066     $ 33,082  
Total current liabilities
    9,706       9,751       15,490       18,816       18,816       17,785       15,348       18,209  
Working capital (2)
    50,876       45,725       34,196       15,993       15,993       13,106       20,718       14,873  
Long-term debt, excluding current installments
    97       187       272       439       439       294       533       479  
Total shareholders’ equity
    45,908       46,029       36,215       8,996       8,996       3,900       11,109       4,978  
Net property, plant and equipment
    3,743       3,149       2,255       2,419       2,419       2,542       2,371       2,718  
Total assets
    75,083       67,643       63,528       40,444       40,444       36,729       41,831       39,092  
Other Data
                                                               
Capital expenditures
    1,365       1,569       633       326       326       236       478       122  
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment
    775       641       560       239       239       318       590       1,336  
     
(1)   See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” for information regarding the factors that have affected the financial results of the Company. On May 17, 2006, the Board of Directors of R.G. Barry Corporation approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from the Saturday closest to December 31 to the Saturday closest to June 30. Accordingly, data is presented in this 2009 Form 10-K for the twenty-six week period from January 1, 2006 through July 1, 2006, otherwise known as the 2006 transition period. The Company’s annual reporting period is either a fifty-two or fifty-three-week period (“fiscal year”). For all periods, except the fifty-two-week period ended July 1, 2006 and the twenty-six-week period ended July 2, 2005, the selected financial data set forth above under “Summary of Operating Results,” “Additional Data,” “Financial Position at the End of Period,” and “Other Data” are derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.
 
    Furthermore, the selected financial data set forth above reflect the impact of the decision made in fiscal 2007 by the Board of Directors of R.G. Barry Corporation to sell the Company’s 100% ownership in Escapade, S.A. and its Fargeot et Compagnie, S.A subsidiary (collectively, “Fargeot”). As a result of this action and consistent with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (SFAS 144), the results of operations for Fargeot have been reported as discontinued operations for the periods reported, as applicable, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income included in this 2009 Form 10-K. Furthermore, the assets and liabilities related to these discontinued operations were reclassified to current assets held for disposal and current liabilities associated with assets held for disposal at June 30, 2007. This data is included as part of current assets and current liabilities in the selected financial data presented above for the relevant period. The sale of Fargeot was completed in July 2007. See further details on the disposition of Fargeot in Note (18) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
 
    Unless otherwise noted, all reporting periods presented in the selected financial data above are fifty-two weeks.
 
(2)   Working capital is total current assets less total current liabilities.

 

19


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Introduction
Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to provide investors and others with information we believe is necessary to understand our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and other information included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
Our Company is engaged in designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing accessory footwear products. We define accessory footwear as a product category that encompasses primarily slippers, sandals, hybrid and active fashion footwear and slipper socks. Our products are sold predominantly in North America through department stores, chain stores and mass merchandising channels of distribution. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this MD&A to the “Company” refer to R.G. Barry Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries when applicable.
As a result of the sale of our 100 percent ownership of Fargeot, which was completed in July 2007 and further described under the caption “Discontinued Operations” below and consistent with the provisions of SFAS 144, the results of operations of our former French subsidiary have been reported as discontinued operations for all applicable reporting periods, as noted in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Fargeot’s business was the only business reported as part of our Barry Europe operating segment. Therefore, with the Fargeot business reported as discontinued operations, we only have one operating segment, Barry North America.
All references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in this MD&A reflect continuing operations and exclude discontinued operations with respect to the sale of Fargeot’s business, unless otherwise indicated.
Summary of Results for Fiscal 2009
During fiscal 2009, we remained focused on achieving our principal goals:
    grow our business profitably by pursuing a core group of initiatives based on innovation within our product lines;
    continue efforts to strengthen the relationships with our retailing partners and open distribution of our products in new retail channels;
 
    further enhance the image of our brands; and
 
    expand our portfolio of licensed brands.
During fiscal 2009, we accomplished the following:
    We achieved a 3.9 percent increase in our consolidated net sales, as compared to fiscal 2008, despite an unprecedented and very challenging economic and retail environment experienced during the 2008 holiday season.
    We earned approximately $11.2 million from continuing operations before income taxes.
    We did not use our Bank Facility, as described under the caption “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below, during fiscal 2009 and ended the year with no outstanding indebtedness under the Bank Facility.
    We reported cash and cash equivalents on hand of approximately $14.3 million and short-term investments of approximately $25.0 million at the end of fiscal 2009.
    Our total on-hand inventory investment was lower by 22 percent at the end of fiscal 2009 as compared to the end of fiscal 2008.

 

20


Table of Contents

Looking Ahead to Fiscal 2010 and Beyond
Looking ahead to fiscal 2010 and beyond, we will continue to pursue strategically driven initiatives that are designed to provide measurable and sustainable net sales and profit growth. We remain confident in our business and begin the year with a strong balance sheet, healthy brands and a business plan that focuses on growth and profitability well beyond the next 12 months, but we know that fiscal 2010 will continue to be a challenging environment from a general economic and business perspective. We continue to see short-term economic volatility manifesting itself in the following:
  i)   caution among retailers who are delaying or reducing orders in an effort to limit their days of on-hand inventory and subsequently creating noteworthy shifts in our quarterly sales patterns;
 
  ii)   losses of retail floor space due to downsizings and bankruptcies; and
 
  iii)   volatility in the cost structure of our suppliers.
We are continuing to address these issues. For our fiscal 2010 buying cycle, oil prices have returned to more traditional levels, manufacturing capacity has loosened, and we expect our fiscal 2010 gross profit percentage to return to a more traditional level. Because our business continues to be highly seasonal and dependent on the holiday selling season, there is significant inherent risk and cyclicality in our business. See the discussion under the caption “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
Fiscal 2009 Results from Continuing Operations Compared to Fiscal 2008
The discussion in this section compares our results of operations for fiscal 2009 to those in fiscal 2008. Each dollar amount and percentage change noted below reflects the change between these periods unless otherwise indicated.
During fiscal 2009, consolidated net sales increased by $4.3 million or 3.9%. The net sales increase was primarily due to increased shipments to our customers in the warehouse club and catalog and Internet channels, partially offset by decreased shipments reported to customers in the mass merchandising, department store, specialty and independent store channels. The volume changes reflect our continued success with product offerings and sales initiatives with customers in the warehouse club channel as well as catalog and Internet-based customers. In addition, these volume changes reflect the effect of the very challenging economic and retail climate experienced with most of our customers during most of fiscal 2009.
Gross profit decreased by $1.5 million. Gross profit as a percent of net sales was 38.2 percent in fiscal 2009 and 41.1 percent in fiscal 2008. The decreases in both gross profit dollars and as a percent of net sales were due primarily to increases in the average product cost experienced year over year. The increase in average product cost was driven primarily by an increase in oil prices and changes in the exchange rate of Chinese currency, which negatively impacted the fall selling season as orders to purchase goods were placed beginning in April 2008. The product price increases, combined with an intense promotional selling environment in a tough retail economic climate, were major factors in our gross profit results for fiscal 2009.
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased by $845 thousand or 2.6 percent. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses were 29.0 percent for fiscal 2009 versus 29.3 percent for fiscal 2008. The net increase in SG&A expenses was due primarily to the following:
    a $1.1 million increase in payroll and related expenses, which reflected the Company’s organizational growth and repositioning as part of our long-term strategic direction;
    a $463 thousand increase in customer bad debt expense, reflecting the impact of several customer bankruptcies during fiscal 2009; and
    a $191 thousand net increase in a variety of other expense areas.

 

21


Table of Contents

The expense increases noted above were partially offset by the following:
    a $909 thousand decrease in advertising expense, incurred in fiscal 2008 as part of the initial launch of our newer brand initiatives undertaken that year.
For fiscal 2008, we reported a gain of approximately $1.4 million from an insurance recovery. No similar event occurred during fiscal 2009.
The increase in interest income of $71 thousand resulted from the increase in our invested funds during fiscal 2009, which were available due to our profitability and liquidity over the last twelve months.
Interest expense decreased by $14 thousand. Due to our continuing profitability over time, we had no borrowings under our Bank Facility, as described further under the caption “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Based on the results of operations noted above, we reported earnings of approximately $7.0 million in fiscal 2009, or $0.65 per diluted common share, compared to $9.8 million in fiscal 2008, or $0.92 per diluted share.
Fiscal 2008 Results from Continuing Operations Compared to Fiscal 2007
The discussion in this section compares our results of operations for fiscal 2008 to those in fiscal 2007. Each dollar amount and percentage change noted below reflects the change between these periods unless otherwise indicated.
During fiscal 2008, consolidated net sales increased by $4.2 million or approximately 4.0 percent. The net sales increase was principally due to the following: increased volumes in our mass, warehouse club, catalog, Internet-based customers, specialty, and independent retail channels; increases in the average wholesale prices associated primarily with our new brand and product introductions; partially offset by a decrease in volume to customers in the department store channel. These volume changes reflected several factors: a very successful transitioning of product initiative and sales growth reported with Wal-Mart; outstanding sell-through rate with a major warehouse club customer; as well as the impact of the market introduction of new brand lines and product extension; offset in part by the impact of a difficult retailing environment during the fiscal year, particularly in the department stores sector.
Gross profit increased by $3.2 million. Gross profit as a percent of net sales was 41.1 percent in fiscal 2008 and 39.7 percent in fiscal 2007. The increases in both gross profit dollars and as a percent of net sales were due primarily to the increase in sales volumes and to the effect of higher average wholesale selling prices of product in comparison to the average product cost increases experienced over those reporting periods. The increase in average wholesale selling prices was reflective of our new brand initiatives and product introductions undertaken in fiscal 2008 as well as our successful experience with a key warehouse club customer.
The increase in average wholesale selling prices during fiscal 2008 was partially offset by continuing increases in our product cost, which resulted from the increase in the price of oil and the strengthening of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S. Dollar. Oil prices affect the raw materials that go into our products, as well as freight costs incurred in transporting the goods to the U.S. Although our purchases of finished goods from third-party manufacturers were contracted in U.S. Dollars, the strengthening of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S. Dollar influenced vendor pricing.

 

22


Table of Contents

SG&A expenses increased by $1.8 million or approximately 6 percent. As a percent of net sales, SG&A expenses were 29.3 percent for fiscal 2008 versus 28.8 percent for fiscal 2007. The net increase in SG&A expenses was due primarily to the following:
    a $700 thousand increase in advertising expense in support of a variety of promotional activities for our core and new brands;
    a $700 thousand increase in expenses in merchandising materials, trade shows, and samples related expenses in support of our new brandlines and additional marketing and selling initiatives undertaken during the fiscal year;
 
    a $600 thousand increase in payroll and related expenses; and
 
    a $300 thousand net increase in other expense areas.
The expense increases noted above were offset by the following:
    a $500 thousand reduction in insurance expense due to lower rates, lower inventory volumes and actions taken to improve our insurance coverage efficacy.
For fiscal 2008, we reported a gain of approximately $1.4 million from insurance recovery. On April 10, 2008, our leased distribution facility in Texas was struck by a tornado, which resulted in a loss of a portion of our inventory stored in that facility. We insured our entire finished goods inventory in all locations at the expected wholesale value. The gain realized in fiscal 2008 represented the difference between the carrying costs of the damaged inventory versus the insurance proceeds approximating such inventory’s wholesale value. In addition, this storm resulted in damage to the leased facility and a portion of our warehouse equipment in the facility. The facility and equipment damaged were fully insured at replacement cost. Activities to repair or replace the facility and equipment were ongoing at the close of fiscal 2008. None of the gain recognized in fiscal 2008 related to insurance recovery related to either the leased facility or affected equipment in that facility.
A gain of $878 thousand on the disposal of 4.4 acres of land was reflected in our Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal 2007. This property is adjacent to our headquarters office and was not being used as part of our business activities. No similar transaction occurred in fiscal 2008.
During fiscal 2007, we recorded $179 thousand in restructuring charges primarily due to professional fees associated with the application process of liquidating our subsidiaries in Mexico. No restructuring related activities occurred during fiscal 2008.
The increase in interest income of $235 thousand resulted from the increase in our invested funds during fiscal 2008, which were available due to our continued profitability and liquidity during fiscal 2008.
The interest expense decrease of $516 thousand or 81 percent was due primarily to our continued profitability during fiscal 2008, which resulted in no borrowings under our Bank Facility, as described further under the caption “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Based on the results of operations noted above, we reported earnings from continuing operations of $9.8 million in fiscal 2008, or $0.92 per diluted common share, compared to $25.7 million in fiscal 2007 or $2.46 per diluted share. The earnings from continuing operations of $25.7 million for fiscal 2007 included the tax benefit of approximately $13.6 million with respect to the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. As reported previously, we recorded a valuation allowance reflecting the full reservation of the value of our deferred tax assets at the end of fiscal 2003 because we deemed then that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would not be realized. In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, we determined, based on the existence of sufficient positive evidence, represented primarily by three years of cumulative income before restructuring charges, that a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets was no longer required because it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized in future periods.

 

23


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations
At the end of fiscal 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan to sell our 100 percent ownership in Fargeot. This action strategically aligned all elements of our operations with the current business model, which includes, among other key components, the 100 percent outsourcing of our product needs from third-party manufacturers. As a result of this action, Fargeot’s business, which had been the only business in our Barry Europe operating segment, was reclassified as discontinued operations for fiscal 2007. Since the disposal of Fargeot, we have operated under one segment, Barry North America.
Our results of operations for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 did not reflect any transactions with respect to Fargeot’s disposal. Selected financial data relating to the discontinued operations of Fargeot for fiscal 2007 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands, except per common share data):
         
    2007  
 
       
Net sales
  $ 8,490  
Loss on net assets held for sale as discontinued operations
    1,240  
Loss from discontinued operations before income tax
    (751 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    (590 )
Basic loss per common share: discontinued operations
    (0.06 )
 
     
Diluted loss per common share: discontinued operations
  $ (0.06 )
 
     
In July 2007, we completed the sale of Fargeot for approximately $480 thousand. The net value of the business at the close of fiscal 2007 was estimated at $474 thousand. We reported a loss from discontinued operations of $590 thousand in fiscal 2007, which included both the results of the Fargeot operations and an impairment loss of $1.2 million, resulting from the sale of Fargeot. Further details of the sale are included in Note (18) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
Based on the results from continuing and discontinued operations discussed above, we reported net earnings of approximately $9.8 million or $0.92 per diluted common share and $25.1 million or $2.40 per diluted common share for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is our operating activities in North America. When cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we also have access to amounts under our Bank Facility, as described further below in this section, subject to its terms. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash flow from operations and borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities.
Our liquidity requirements arise from the funding of our working capital needs, which include primarily inventory, other operating expenses and accounts receivable, funding of capital expenditures and repayment of our indebtedness. Generally, most of our product purchases from third-party manufacturers are acquired on an open account basis, and to a lesser extent, through trade letters of credit. Such trade letters of credit are drawn against our Bank Facility at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amount available under our Bank Facility when issued.

 

24


Table of Contents

Total cash and cash equivalents were $14.3 million at June 27, 2009, compared to $14.2 million at June 28, 2008. Short-term investments were $25.0 million at June 27, 2009, compared to $11.9 million at June 28, 2008.
At June 27, 2009, as part of our cash management and investment program, we maintained a portfolio of $25.0 million in short-term investments, including $18.5 million in marketable investment securities consisting of variable rate demand notes and $6.5 million in other short-term investments. The marketable investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. These marketable investment securities are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The other short-term investments are classified as held-to-maturity securities and include several corporate bonds which have individual maturity dates ranging from July to December 2009.
All references made in the following section are on a consolidated basis. Amounts with respect to Fargeot, which have been reclassified as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income, have been included, as applicable, in the operating, investing and financing activities sections of this liquidity and capital resources analysis. The net effect of the sale of Fargeot has been reflected as a non-cash impairment loss in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal 2007.
Operating Activities
During fiscal 2009, our operations generated $17.3 million in cash. This operating cash flow was primarily the result of our net earnings for the period adjusted for non-cash activities such as deferred income tax expense of $3.5 million, depreciation and stock-based compensation expense of $775 thousand and $938 thousand, respectively, and changes in our working capital accounts as well as payments on our pension and other obligations. In fiscal 2009, significant changes in working capital accounts included lower amounts of accounts receivable and inventory, as discussed in more detail below.
During fiscal 2008, our operations generated $8.7 million in cash. This operating cash flow was primarily the result of our net earnings for the period adjusted for non-cash activities such as deferred income tax expense of $4.6 million, depreciation and stock-based compensation expense of $641 thousand and $698 thousand, respectively, and changes in our working capital accounts as well as payments on our pension and other obligations. In fiscal 2008, significant changes in working capital accounts included higher amounts of accounts receivable and lower accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by lower amounts of inventory, as discussed in more detail below.
During fiscal 2007, our operations generated $16.1 million of cash. This operating cash flow was primarily the result of our net earnings for the period adjusted for non-cash activities such as the deferred income tax and valuation adjustment of $14.6 million, impairment loss on the sale of Fargeot of $1.2 million, gain on the sale of land of $878 thousand and changes in our working capital accounts. In fiscal 2007, significant changes in working capital accounts included lower amounts of inventories and lower amounts of accrued expenses, offset by higher amounts of accounts receivable.
Our working capital ratio, which is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities, was 6.2:1 at June 27, 2009, 5.7: 1 at June 28, 2008 and 3.2:1 at June 30, 2007. The increase in our working capital ratio from the end of fiscal 2007 to the end of fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by an increase in cash resulting from our profitability over those reporting periods.

 

25


Table of Contents

Changes during fiscal 2009 in the primary components of working capital accounts were as follows:
    Net accounts receivable decreased by approximately $3.2 million during fiscal 2009. This decrease was primarily due to lower sales levels in the latter part of the period and the timing of approximately $600 thousand received in early July 2008 with respect to the insurance recovery related to the inventory damaged at our distribution facility in Texas.
    Net inventories decreased by $2.3 million during fiscal 2009, resulting from the timing of inventory purchases and customer shipments and our continuing efforts to manage our inventory more efficiently. We have continued to work closely with certain key retailers to promote our products in-season and aggressively liquidate our on-hand closeout inventories.
    Accounts payable decreased by $282 thousand during fiscal 2009, due primarily to the timing of incurring certain operational type expenses as well as the timing of our purchases from third-party manufacturers. As part of our business model, we continue to manage closely the timing of receipt of orders from our customers to the time we place these orders with our third-party manufacturers.
    Accrued expenses increased by $609 thousand during fiscal 2009, primarily due to increased short-term pension liabilities as compared to prior year.
Investing Activities
During fiscal 2009, investing activities used $14.5 million in cash. Purchases of short-term investments comprised $13.1 million of this amount. Capital expenditures were $1.4 million and primarily consisted of leasehold improvements to our New York showroom, warehouse equipment for our leased distribution facility in Texas and purchases of software and computer equipment.
During fiscal 2008, investing activities used $13.4 million in cash. Purchases of short-term investments comprised $11.9 million of this amount. Capital expenditures, primarily involving heating and air conditioning units for the corporate offices and purchased software of $1.6 million, were made during the year, offset by $100 thousand in proceeds from the disposal of Fargeot and other equipment disposals.
During fiscal 2007, investing activities provided $257 thousand in cash. We received $890 thousand from the sale of land, which was offset by $633 thousand in capital expenditures, primarily involving computer hardware, software and various other furnishings and renovations in the corporate offices.
Financing activities
During fiscal 2009, financing activities consumed $2.7 million in cash. This financing cash outflow was primarily due to the payment of a special cash dividend of $0.20 per common share, which amounted to approximately $2.7 million as part of a Company dividend program implemented in late fiscal 2009. In addition, approximately $500 thousand of debt was paid in fiscal 2009, with an offsetting inflow of approximately $500 thousand provided from the exercise of employee stock options and excess state and local tax benefits associated with vesting of restricted stock units and stock option exercises during the period.
During fiscal 2008, financing activities provided $685 thousand in cash. This financing cash inflow resulted primarily from $764 thousand in cash provided from the exercise of employee stock options and realized excess state and local tax benefits associated with stock option exercises and restricted stock unit vesting. This amount was partially offset by the payment of approximately $79 thousand associated with our debt.
During fiscal 2007, financing activities provided $860 thousand in cash. This financing cash inflow resulted primarily from $1.1 million of cash provided from the exercise of employee stock options. This amount was partially offset by the payment of approximately $277 thousand with respect to our lines of credit.

 

26


Table of Contents

2010 Liquidity
We believe our sources of cash and cash equivalents on-hand, short-term investments and funds available under our Bank Facility will be adequate to fund our operations and capital expenditures through fiscal 2010.
Bank Facility
Our Company is party to an unsecured credit facility with The Huntington National Bank (“Huntington”). The original facility dated March 29, 2007 was modified on June 26, 2009. Under this modified facility (“Bank Facility”), Huntington is obligated to advance us funds for a period of two and a half years ending on December 31, 2012, subject to a one-year renewal option thereafter, up to the following amounts:
                 
    July to December     January to June  
Fiscal 2010
  $12 million   $5 million
Fiscal 2011
  $10 million   $5 million
Fiscal 2012
  $8 million        
The terms of the Bank Facility require the Company to satisfy certain financial covenants including (a) satisfying a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.0 which is calculated on a trailing 12 months basis, and (b) maintaining a consolidated tangible net worth of not less than $44 million, increased annually by 50% of the Company’ consolidated net income after June 28, 2009. The Bank Facility must be rested for 30 consecutive days beginning in February of each year. Also, the borrowing under the Bank Facility may not exceed 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and 50% of its eligible inventory at any one time. As of June 27, 2009, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants.
The Bank Facility provides that Huntington will issue on behalf of the Company letters of credit with a maximum aggregate value of up to $1.5 million. The aggregate dollar amount of outstanding letters of credit is deducted from the available balance under the Bank Facility. At June 27, 2009, we had $6.8 million available under the Bank Facility, which was reduced by the aggregate amount of letters of credit outstanding.
The interest rate on the Bank Facility is a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75 percent. The applicable interest rate on the Bank Facility assuming a 3-day LIBOR rate of .31 percent at June 27, 2009 was 3.06 percent. Additionally, the modified agreement requires the Company to pay a quarterly unused line fee at the rate of 3/8 percent of the average unused Bank Facility balance. During fiscal 2009, the Company did not use its Bank Facility and incurred unused line fees of approximately $22 thousand. We incurred a commitment fee of approximately $43 thousand when the modification occurred on June 26, 2009. This fee will be amortized over the future term of the Facility.
Other Short-term Debt
In March 2004, we borrowed $2.2 million against the cash surrender value of life insurance policies insuring our non-executive chairman. During fiscal 2009, we paid $450 thousand of this loan. Approximately $1.8 million and $2.2 million of indebtedness were classified within short-term notes payable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively.
Other Long-term Indebtedness and Current Installments of Long-term Debt
As of June 27, 2009, we reported approximately $90 thousand as current installments of long-term debt, which represented the current portion of our obligation associated with the agreement entered into with the mother of our chairman as disclosed in Note (6) of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.in this 2009 Form 10-K. At the end of fiscal 2009, we reported approximately $97 thousand as consolidated long-term debt, all of which was related to the obligation under the agreement entered into with the mother of our chairman.

 

27


Table of Contents

Other Matters Impacting Liquidity and Capital Resources
Contractual Obligations
We have traditionally leased facilities under operating lease transactions for varying term lengths, ranging generally from two years to seven years, often with options for renewal. On occasion, we have also leased certain equipment utilizing operating leases. These leasing arrangements have allowed us to pay for the facilities and equipment over the time periods they are utilized, rather than committing our resources initially to acquire the facilities or equipment. All leases have been accounted for as operating leases, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” as amended. Our future off-balance sheet non-cancelable operating lease obligations are discussed in Note (7) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations for both short-term and long-term obligations as of June 27, 2009:
                                                 
    Payments due by period  
                                    More        
            Less than     1 – 3     3 – 5     than 5        
    Total     1 year     years     Years     years     Other  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
 
                                               
Short-Term Debt
  $ 1,750     $ 1,750     None   None   None   None
 
                                               
Long-Term Debt, Current and Non-Current Portions *
  $ 187     $ 90     $ 97     None   None   None
 
                                               
Other Long-Term Liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of the Company **
  $ 19,372       **     **     **     **   $ 19,372 **
 
                                               
OTHER CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:
                                               
 
                                               
Operating Leases — see also Note (7) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  $ 1,697     $ 548     $ 566     $ 400     $ 183     None
 
                                               
Minimum payments under third- party logistics distribution services contract
  $ 3,624     $ 1,362     $ 2,262     None   None   None
 
                                               
Minimum royalty payments under product licensing programs
  $ 2,295     $ 650     $ 1,405     $ 240     None   None
 
                                               
Purchase obligations in the ordinary course of business ***
  $ 35,264     $ 35,264     None   None   None   None
 
                                               
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS:
                                               
 
                                               
None
                                               
 
     
*   Interest has been excluded from the amount shown under Long-Term Debt, Current and Non-Current Portions above. The interest amounts were deemed immaterial.

 

28


Table of Contents

     
**   Other Long-Term Liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of the Company as of June 27, 2009 represented accrued cumulative future obligations under our Associates’ Retirement Plan of approximately $12,111; accrued cumulative future obligations under our Supplemental Retirement Plan of approximately $6,782; accrued cumulative future obligations from employee salary withholdings under our salary deferred compensation plan of approximately $369; and accrued life insurance benefits of approximately $110. The timing of future cash outflows related to most of these obligations is not readily determinable, as it is primarily dependent upon the annual actuarially-determined qualified pension plan contributions as well as the timing of future associate retirements.
 
***   We acquire inventory and merchandise in the ordinary course of business, issuing both purchase orders and, to a lesser extent, letters of credit to acquire merchandise from our suppliers. Commitments in the ordinary course of business outstanding as of June 27, 2009 are included above. There were no material outstanding commitments other than those represented as part of our ordinary course of business.
The Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $0.25 per common share payable on June 15, 2009 to shareholders of record at the close of business on June 1, 2009. The Board also adopted a cash dividend policy, under which a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share (totaling $0.20 per year) will be paid on the Company’s common shares beginning in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2009. Future dividends will be dependent on the earnings, financial condition, shareholders’ equity levels, cash flow and business requirements of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors.
Other Matters Relevant to Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Licensing Agreement for European Distribution
In fiscal 2008, we terminated the licensing agreement for the sale, marketing and sourcing of our slipper product brands in Europe with a subsidiary of a British comfort footwear and apparel firm. The annual royalty fees resulting from this agreement were not significant to the overall operations of our business. We reported $50 thousand and $146 thousand for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively, as royalty payments received from the licensee under this licensing agreement.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Significant Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires that we make certain estimates. These estimates can affect reported revenues, expenses and results of operations, as well as the reported values of certain assets and liabilities. We make these estimates after gathering as much information from as many resources, both internal and external, as are available at the time. After reasonably assessing the conditions that exist at the time, we make these estimates and prepare consolidated financial statements accordingly. These estimates are made in a consistent manner from period to period, based upon historical trends and conditions and after review and analysis of current events and circumstances. We believe these estimates reasonably reflect the current assessment of the financial impact of events whose actual outcomes will not become known to us with certainty until sometime in the future.
The following discussion of critical accounting policies is intended to bring to the attention of readers those accounting policies that management believes are critical to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and other financial disclosures. It is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our significant accounting policies that are more fully described in Notes (1) (a) through (1) (v) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this 2009 Form 10-K.

 

29


Table of Contents

A summary of the critical accounting policies requiring management estimates follows:
  (a)   We recognize revenue when the following criteria are met:
    goods are shipped from our warehouses and other third-party distribution locations, at which point our customers take ownership and assume risk of loss;
 
    collection of the relevant receivable is probable;
 
    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; and
 
    the sales price is fixed or determinable.
In certain circumstances, we sell products to customers under special arrangements, which provide for return privileges, discounts, promotions and other sales incentives. At the time we recognize revenue, we reduce our measurement of revenue by an estimate of the potential future returns and allowable retailer promotions and incentives, and recognize a corresponding reduction in reported trade accounts receivable. These estimates have traditionally been, and continue to be, sensitive to and dependent on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, quantities sold to our customers and the related selling and marketing support programs; channels of distribution; sell-through rates at retail; the acceptance of the styling of our products by consumers; the overall economic environment; consumer confidence leading towards and through the holiday selling season; and other related factors.
Allowances for returns, promotions, cooperative advertising and other sales incentives were not material to the overall financial position as reported at the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008. The estimates established for these allowances at the end of these reporting periods reflect the downward trend that has resulted from our ongoing efforts of collaborating closely with key retailing partners to offer the appropriate in-season consumer promotions and sales incentives to achieve mutually satisfactory sell-through rates, thus reducing or eliminating returns. As of June 27, 2009, our allowance for returns was approximately $1.1 million. A hypothetical change of 10 percent in our returns allowance would have an impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes of approximately $110 thousand. As of June 27, 2009, our allowance for promotions, cooperative advertising and other sales incentives was $1.2 million. A hypothetical change of 10 percent in this allowance would have an impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes of $120 thousand.
Due to the continuing seasonal nature of our business and the current economic climate, it is possible that allowances for returns, promotions and other sales incentives, and the related charges reported in our consolidated results of operations could be different than those estimates noted above.
We monitor the creditworthiness of our customers and the related collection of monies owed to us. In circumstances where we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for doubtful accounts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. For all other customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which are subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges and allowances for uncollectible amounts in prior periods were not material. As of June 27, 2009, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $427 thousand.
(b) We value inventories using the lower of cost or market, based upon the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) costing method. We evaluate our inventories for any reduction in realizable value in light of the prior selling season, the overall economic environment and our expectations for the upcoming selling seasons, and we record the appropriate write-downs based on this evaluation. At the end of fiscal 2009 and the end of fiscal 2008, we estimated the FIFO cost of a portion of our inventory exceeded the estimated net realizable value of that inventory by $220 thousand and $97 thousand, respectively. The increase from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 reflected our on-going initiatives to properly manage our inventory investment, particularly with the newer Terrasoles* and Superga** brands.

 

30


Table of Contents

(c) We make an assessment of the amount of income taxes that will become currently payable or recoverable for the just concluded period, and the deferred tax costs or benefits that will become realizable for income tax purposes in the future, as a consequence of differences between results of operations as reported in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and the requirements of the income tax codes existing in the various jurisdictions where we operate. In evaluating the future benefits of deferred tax assets, we examine our capacity for refund of federal income taxes due to our net operating loss carryforward position, and our projections of future profits. We recorded a valuation allowance when it was more likely than not that some portion or all of our deferred tax assets would not be realized. Accordingly, beginning with year-end fiscal 2003, we established a valuation allowance against the value of those deferred tax assets. At that time, there was not sufficient evidence that future taxable income would be generated to offset these deferred deductible items. Accordingly, our valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets was $18.3 million at the end of the 2006 transition period.
This full valuation allowance reserve was maintained through the first quarter of fiscal 2007. In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, we determined, based on the existence of sufficient positive evidence, represented primarily by three years of cumulative income before restructuring charges, a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets was no longer required because it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Accordingly, a complete reversal of the valuation allowance was recognized in closing out the second quarter of fiscal 2007. This action resulted in and accounts for substantially all of the net income tax benefit of $13.6 million reflected in our results for fiscal 2007.
As a result of the Company’s disposal of its ownership of Fargeot in July 2007, the Company incurred a capital loss, and it was able to utilize part of this loss to offset prior year capital gains. The portion of the capital loss, which could not be utilized in fiscal 2009 or in fiscal 2008, is included as a capital loss carryforward. This capital loss deferred tax asset is subject to expiration after five years as a carryforward item, with any realization permitted only by offsetting against future capital gains generated by the Company. Approximately $482 thousand of this capital loss remains without any immediate offsetting capital gain expected at June 27, 2009. Accordingly, all of the $482 thousand has been reserved through a valuation allowance established at the end of fiscal 2009.
In addition, we make ongoing assessments of income tax exposures that may arise at the federal, state or local tax levels. As a result of these evaluations, any exposure deemed more likely than not will be quantified and accrued as tax expense during the period and reported in a tax contingency reserve. Any identified exposures will be subjected to continuing assessment and estimates will be revised accordingly as information becomes available to us.
We had no tax contingency reserve at the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, since there were not any significant outstanding exposures, which existed, as determined by management, at either the state or federal tax levels. During fiscal 2007, we settled with the IRS certain open issues associated with the IRS’ examination of fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002 and recorded $338 thousand as expense in the results from continuing operations in fiscal 2007 related to this settlement.
(d) We make estimates of the future costs associated with restructuring plans related to operational changes announced during the year. These estimates are based upon the anticipated costs of employee separations; an analysis of the impairment in the value of any affected assets; anticipated future costs to be incurred in settling remaining lease obligations, net of any anticipated sublease revenues; and other costs associated with the restructuring plans. While we believe restructuring activities and all related costs incurred in fully implementing the Company’s current model have been completely achieved by the Company, changes in business conditions going forward may necessitate future restructuring costs.
(e) We sponsor a noncontributory retirement plan for the benefit of salaried and nonsalaried employees, the Associates’ Retirement Plan (“ARP”). Effective as of close of business day on March 31, 2004, the ARP was frozen and has remained frozen since that time. We also sponsor a Supplemental Retirement Plan (“SRP”) for certain officers and other key employees as designated by our Board of Directors. The SRP is unfunded, noncontributory, and provides for the payment of monthly retirement benefits. Effective as of close of business day on March 31, 2004, the SRP was frozen; however, effective as of January 1, 2005, the SRP was unfrozen with respect to two “reactivated participants” who had been participants in the SRP prior to March 31, 2004 and were designated by our Board of Directors. Effective as of January 1, 2005, pension benefit accruals resumed for the reactivated participants. From and after March 31, 2004, (a) no new individual may become a participant in the SRP; (b) except with respect to the reactivated participants, no additional pension benefits will accrue; and (c) benefits will begin to be distributed no earlier than the date a participant terminates employment with the Company.

 

31


Table of Contents

The actuarial valuation of our ARP and SRP benefit costs, assets and obligations affects our financial position, results of operations and cash flow. These valuations require the use of assumptions and long-range estimates. These assumptions include, among others, assumptions regarding interest and discount rates, assumed long-term rates of return on pension plan assets, and projected rates of salary increases. We regularly evaluate these assumptions and estimates as new information becomes available. Changes in assumptions, which may be caused by conditions in the debt and equity markets, changes in asset mix, and plan experience, could have a material effect on our pension obligations and expenses, and can affect our net income, assets and shareholders’ equity. In addition, changes in assumptions such as rates of return, fixed income rates used to value liabilities or declines in the fair value of plan assets, may result in voluntary decisions or mandatory requirements to make additional contributions to our ARP.
The discount rate was determined based on an analysis of interest rates for high-quality, long-term corporate debt at each measurement date. In order to appropriately match the bond maturities with expected future cash payments, we utilize differing bond portfolios to estimate the discount rates for the defined benefit plans. The weighted average discount rate used to determine the defined benefit plans obligation as of the balance sheet date is the rate in effect at the measurement date. The same rate is also used to determine the defined benefit plans’ expense for the following fiscal year. The long-term rate of return for defined benefit plans’ assets is based on our historical experience, the defined benefit plans’ investment guidelines and our expectations for long-term rates of return. The defined benefit plans’ investment guidelines are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, tolerance for risk and cash requirements for benefit payments. Holding all other assumptions constant, we estimate that a 100 basis point decrease in the expected discount rate would decrease our fiscal 2009 pretax earnings by approximately $167 thousand, and it would increase our total pension liability by approximately $3.5 million.
We establish assumptions to measure our pension liabilities and project the long-term rate of return expected on the invested pension assets in our qualified ARP. Changes in assumptions, which may be caused by conditions in the debt and equity markets, changes in asset mix, and plan experience, could have a material effect on our pension obligations and expenses, and can affect our net income, assets, and shareholders’ equity. Changes in assumptions may also result in voluntary or mandatory requirements to make additional contributions to our qualified ARP. These assumptions are reviewed and reset as appropriate at the pension measurement date commensurate with the end of our fiscal year end, and we monitor these assumptions over the course of the fiscal year.
Expected rate of return on pension plan assets is also an important element of plan expense. In fiscal 2009, we used 8.25 percent as the rate of return on pension plan assets. To determine the rate of return on plan assets, we consider the historical experience and expected future performance of the plan assets, as well as the current and expected allocation of the plan assets. Our ARP’s assets allocation as of June 27, 2009, the measurement date for fiscal 2009, was approximately 72 percent in domestic and foreign equity investments, 6 percent in domestic fixed income securities, 20 percent in hedge fund investments, and 2 percent in cash investments. This asset allocation was in line with our investment policy guidelines. We periodically evaluate the allocation of plan assets among the different investment classes to ensure that they are within policy guidelines. Holding all other assumptions constant, we estimate that a 100 basis point decrease in the expected rate of return on pension plan assets would lower our fiscal 2009 pre-tax earnings by approximately $177 thousand.

 

32


Table of Contents

(f) With the adoption of SFAS No. 123 (revised), “Shared-Based Payment,” on January 1, 2006, we are required to record the fair value of stock-based compensation awards as an expense. In order to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of the grant, we apply the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in any stock option grants. Where restricted stock units are granted, the fair value of the grant is determined based on the market value of the underlying common shares at the date of grant and is adjusted for anticipated forfeitures based on our historical experience and management judgment. In fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the vast majority of equity-based grants made by the Company were in the form of restricted stock units. No stock options were granted in fiscal 2009.
(g) There are various other accounting policies that also require management’s judgment. We follow these policies consistently from year to year and period to period. For an additional discussion of all of our significant accounting policies, please see Notes (1) (a) through (1) (v) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Actual results may vary from these estimates as a consequence of activities after the period-end estimates have been made. These subsequent activities will have either a positive or negative impact upon the results of operations in a period subsequent to the period when we originally made the estimate.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
See Note 1 (v) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” in this 2009 Form 10-K for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Interest Rates
Our principal market risk exposure relates to the impact of changes in short-term interest rates that may result from the floating rate nature of the Company’s Bank Facility. At June 27, 2009, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Bank Facility. Based on projected future funding needs for the next 12-month period, we do not expect any significant borrowings under our Bank Facility. We typically do not hedge our exposure to floating interest rates.
Interest rate changes impact the level of earnings for short-term investments; changes in long-term interest rates also affect the measurement of pension liabilities performed on an annual basis.
Market Risk Sensitive Instruments — Foreign Currency
Substantially all of our sales were conducted in North America and denominated in U.S. Dollars during fiscal 2009. For any significant sales transactions denominated in other than U.S. Dollars, we have generally followed the practice of hedging against currency exposure on a short-term basis, using foreign exchange contracts as a means to protect our operating results from adverse currency fluctuations. At the end of fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the Company did not have any such foreign exchange contracts outstanding.

 

33


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
R.G. Barry Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of R.G. Barry Corporation and subsidiaries as of June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years ended June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of R.G. Barry Corporation and subsidiaries as of June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Columbus, Ohio
September 8, 2009

 

34


Table of Contents

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    June 27, 2009     June 28, 2008  
ASSETS
               
 
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 14,259     $ 14,210  
Short-term investments
    24,977       11,870  
Accounts receivable:
               
Trade (less allowance of $2,725 and $1,885, respectively)
    9,243       11,744  
Other
    260       909  
Inventory
    8,499       10,842  
Deferred tax assets-current
    2,621       4,344  
Prepaid expenses
    723       1,557  
 
           
Total current assets
    60,582       55,476  
 
           
 
               
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    11,254       10,059  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    7,511       6,910  
 
           
Net property, plant and equipment
    3,743       3,149  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax assets-noncurrent
    7,685       6,111  
Other assets
    3,073       3,207  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 75,083     $ 67,943  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term notes payable
  $ 1,750     $ 2,200  
Current installments of long-term debt
    90       84  
Accounts payable
    3,887       4,164  
Accrued expenses
    3,979       3,303  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    9,706       9,751  
 
           
 
               
Long-term debt, excluding current installments
    97       187  
Accrued retirement costs and other
    19,372       11,976  
 
           
Total liabilities
    29,175       21,914  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies (note 19)
           
 
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred shares, $1 par value per share: Authorized 3,775 Class A shares, 225 Series II Junior Participating Class A shares and 1,000 Class B shares; none issued
           
Common shares, $1 par value per share: Authorized 22,500 shares; issued and outstanding 10,722 and 10,548 shares, respectively (excluding treasury shares of 1,008 and 1,005, respectively)
    10,722       10,548  
Additional capital in excess of par value
    16,940       15,763  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (11,049 )     (5,352 )
Retained earnings
    29,295       25,070  
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    45,908       46,029  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 75,083     $ 67,943  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

35


Table of Contents

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
Fiscal Years Ended June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007
(in thousands, except per share data)
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
                       
Net sales
  $ 113,817     $ 109,499     $ 105,332  
Cost of sales
    70,350       64,520       63,561  
 
                 
Gross profit
    43,467       44,979       41,771  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    32,971       32,126       30,367  
Gain on insurance recovery
          (1,362 )      
Gain on disposal of land
                (878 )
Restructuring and asset impairment charges
                179  
 
                 
Operating profit
    10,496       14,215       12,103  
Interest income
    779       708       473  
Interest expense
    (109 )     (123 )     (639 )
Other income
    15       50       146  
 
                 
Income from continuing operations, before income tax
    11,181       14,850       12,083  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    4,189       5,065       (13,652 )
 
                 
Earnings from continuing operations
    6,992       9,785       25,735  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
                (590 )
 
                 
Net earnings
  $ 6,992     $ 9,785     $ 25,145  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings per common share: continuing operations
                       
Basic
  $ 0.66     $ 0.93     $ 2.55  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 0.65     $ 0.92     $ 2.46  
 
                 
Loss per common share: discontinued operations
                       
Basic
  $     $     $ (0.06 )
 
                 
Diluted
  $     $     $ (0.06 )
 
                 
Net earnings per common share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.66     $ 0.93     $ 2.49  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 0.65     $ 0.92     $ 2.40  
 
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    10,633       10,469       10,089  
 
                 
Diluted
    10,737       10,691       10,462  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

36


Table of Contents

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
Fiscal Years Ended June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007
(in thousands)
                                         
            Additional     Accumulated              
            capital in     other     Retained     Net  
    Common     excess of par     comprehensive     earnings     shareholders’  
    shares     value     income (loss)     (deficit)     equity  
 
                                       
Balance at July 1, 2006
  $ 10,017     $ 13,192     $ (4,353 )   $ (9,860 )   $ 8,996  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings
                      25,145       25,145  
Other comprehensive income:
                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                138             138  
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                407             407  
 
                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                    25,690  
 
                                     
 
 
Effect of applying SFAS No. 158, net of tax
                (160 )           (160 )
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense
          621                   621  
Stock options exercised
    335       733                   1,068  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at June 30, 2007
  $ 10,352     $ 14,546     $ (3,968 )   $ 15,285     $ 36,215  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income
                      9,785       9,785  
Other comprehensive loss:
                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                (365 )           (365 )
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                (1,019 )           (1,019 )
 
                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                    8,401  
 
                                     
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense
          698                   698  
Stock-based compensation tax benefit realized
          70                   70  
Restricted stock units vested and stock options exercised
    196       449                   645  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at June 28, 2008
  $ 10,548     $ 15,763     $ (5,352 )   $ 25,070     $ 46,029  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings
                      6,992       6,992  
Other comprehensive loss:
                                       
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                (5,742 )           (5,742 )
 
                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                    1,250  
 
                                     
 
 
Incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158 measurement date change, net of tax
                45       (86 )     (41 )
 
                                       
Stock-based compensation expense
          938                   938  
Stock-based compensation tax benefit realized
          (5 )                 (5 )
Restricted stock units vested and stock options exercised
    174       244                   418  
Dividend declared at $0.20 per common share
                      (2,681 )     (2,681 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at June 27, 2009
  $ 10,722     $ 16,940     $ (11,049 )   $ 29,295     $ 45,908  
 
                             
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal Years Ended June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007
(in thousands)
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Operating activities:
                       
Net earnings
  $ 6,992     $ 9,785     $ 25,145  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    775       641       560  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    3,495       4,602       (14,593 )
Non-cash impairment losses
                1,240  
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment, net
          19       (839 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    938       698       621  
Changes in:
                       
Accounts receivable
    3,150       (5,783 )     (2,016 )
Inventory
    2,342       3,797       9,795  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    968       (632 )     116  
Accounts payable
    (282 )     (3,279 )     (426 )
Accrued expenses
    609       (158 )     (3,143 )
Accrued retirement cost, net
    (1,520 )     (1,198 )     (231 )
Other liabilities
    (212 )     195       (164 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    17,255       8,686       16,065  
 
                 
 
                       
Investing activities:
                       
Purchase of short-term investments, net
    (13,107 )     (11,870 )      
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (1,365 )     (1,571 )     (633 )
Proceeds from sale of subsidiary and other, net
          73       890  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (14,472 )     (13,368 )     257  
 
                 
 
                       
Financing activities:
                       
Repayment of short-term and long-term debt
    (534 )     (79 )     (277 )
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    (5 )     70        
Proceeds from common shares issued
    486       694       1,137  
Dividends paid
    (2,681 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (2,734 )     685       860  
 
                 
 
                       
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
                37  
 
                 
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    49       (3,997 )     17,219  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
    14,210       18,207       988  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
  $ 14,259     $ 14,210     $ 18,207  
 
                 
 
                       
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 119     $ 23     $ 684  
Income taxes paid, net of taxes refunded
    636       353       742  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

38


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
  (a)   Principal Business Activity
R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, is engaged, with its subsidiaries for the applicable periods, in designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing accessory footwear products. The Company defines accessory footwear as a product category that encompasses primarily slippers, sandals, hybrid and active fashion footwear and slipper socks. Its products are sold in North America through department stores, chain stores, warehouse clubs, independent footwear stores and mass merchandising channels of distribution. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in these notes to consolidated financial statements to the “Company” refer to R.G. Barry Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries when applicable.
At the end of fiscal 2007, R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors approved a plan to sell its 100% ownership in Escapade, S.A. and its Fargeot et Compagnie, S.A subsidiary (collectively, “Fargeot”). As a result of this action and consistent with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), the results of operations for Fargeot have been reported as discontinued operations for the applicable periods reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Fargeot’s business was the only business reported in the Company’s Barry Comfort Europe operating segment. The sale of Fargeot was completed on July 20, 2007 as further detailed in Note (18).
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in these notes to consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) reflect continuing operations and exclude discontinued operations with respect to the sale of Fargeot.
As noted earlier, the Company’s reporting period is either a fifty-two or fifty-three-week period (“fiscal year”), ending annually on the Saturday nearest June 30. For definitional purposes, as used herein, the terms listed below include the respective periods noted:
         
Fiscal 2010
  53 weeks ending July 3, 2010
Fiscal 2009
  52 weeks ended June 27, 2009
Fiscal 2008
  52 weeks ended June 28, 2008
Fiscal 2007
  52 weeks ended June 30, 2007
  (b)   Principles of Consolidation
The financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All inter-company balances and transactions, where appropriate, have been eliminated in consolidation.
  (c)   Use of Estimates
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and accordingly, require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

39


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  (d)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash includes deposits with banks and other financial institutions, which are accessible at any time without prior notice or penalty. Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of three months or less.
  (e)   Short-Term Investments
At June 27, 2009, as part of its cash management and investment program, the Company maintained a portfolio of $24,977 in short-term investments, including $18,520 in marketable investment securities consisting of variable rate demand notes and $6,458 in other short-term investments. The marketable investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. These marketable investment securities are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The other short-term investments are classified as held-to-maturity securities and include several corporate bonds which have individual maturity dates ranging from July to December 2009.
  (f)   Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market as determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, see Note (3).
  (g)   Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense has been computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation and amortization expense is reflected as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.
  (h)   Trademarks, Patents and Licensing Agreements
The Company incurs costs in obtaining and perfecting trademarks and patents related to its products and production-related processes. These costs are generally amortized over a period subsequent to asset acquisition not to exceed five years. Licensing fees paid to acquire rights to any trademark are amortized over the base term of the related licensing agreement.
  (i)   Revenue Recognition and Trade Accounts Receivable
The Company recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met:
    goods are shipped from its warehouses and other third-party distribution locations, at which point the Company’s customers take ownership and assume risk of loss;
 
    collection of the relevant receivable is probable;
 
    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; and
 
    the sales price is fixed or determinable.
In certain circumstances, the Company sells to its customers under special arrangements, which in certain instances provide for return privileges, as well as discounts, promotions and other sales incentives. When selling under these special arrangements, the Company reduces its measurement of revenue by the estimated cost of potential future returns and allowable retailer promotions and sales incentives. The Company bases its estimates for sales returns and promotions and sales incentive allowances on current and historical trends and experience.

 

40


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Allowances established for returns were approximately $1,075 and $151 at the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively; these allowances at the end of each fiscal year were for specific spring season programs initiated with certain customers in each respective fiscal year. During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, the Company recorded approximately $1,418 and $3,000, respectively, as the sales value of merchandise returned by customers.
Allowances for promotions, cooperative advertising and other sales incentives established at the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 were approximately $1,223 and $1,500, respectively. Charges to earnings for consumer promotion, cooperative advertising and other sales incentive activities, including support for display fixtures, for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were approximately $10,592, $11,300 and $12,100, respectively.
  (j)   Distribution and Warehousing Costs
Distribution and warehousing costs for finished product, including occupancy costs, are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. These costs amounted to $6,089, $6,170 and $6,324 for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
  (k)   Advertising and Promotion
The Company uses a variety of programs to advertise and promote the sale of its products and expenses the costs of these programs as incurred. For fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, advertising and promotion expenses of $2,559, $3,958 and $2,887, respectively, have been reported in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
  (l)   Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company’s management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred items, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

41


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  (m)   Per-Share Information
Basic earnings or loss per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each reporting period. Diluted earnings per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding as well as, when their effect is dilutive, potential common shares consisting of certain common shares subject to stock options and restricted stock units. Diluted loss per common share does not include the impact of potential common shares due to the antidilutive effect of these instruments.
  (n)   Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income, consisting of net earnings , foreign currency translation adjustments and pension liability adjustments, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.
  (o)   Translation of Foreign Currency Financial Statements
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations, when applicable, have been translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at the end of each fiscal years. Revenues, expenses and cash flows have been translated at the applicable weighted average rates of exchange in effect during each fiscal year.
  (p)   Shareholders’ Equity
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised), “Shared-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123R”) effective January 1, 2006. SFAS 123R requires the recognition of the fair value of stock-based compensation in the results of operations. The Company recognizes the stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grantees, which generally equals the vesting period. All of the stock-based compensation is accounted for as an equity instrument. The Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), is the only equity-based compensation plan under which future awards may be made to employees of the Company and non-employee directors of R.G. Barry Corporation other than the employee stock purchase plan in which employees of the Company may participate, as described in further detail in Note (11). The Company’s previous equity-based compensation plans remained in effect with respect to the then outstanding awards following the approval of the 2005 Plan.
Prior to fiscal 2007, the Company did not recognize a tax benefit related to the stock-based compensation expense because the Company had established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company reversed this tax valuation allowance. During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, the Company recognized excess state and local tax benefits of $5 and $70, respectively, associated with stock-based compensation and recognized this excess benefit as an addition to the paid-in capital account.
Stock-based compensation expense for awards granted after adopting SFAS 123R is recognized over the requisite service period for the entire award (for attribution purposes, the award is treated as though it were subject to cliff vesting). This recognition, under SFAS 123R, is subject to the requirement that the cumulative amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized at any point in time must at least equal to the portion of the grant-date fair value of the award that is vested at that date.

 

42


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  (q)   Fair Value Measurements
On June 29, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, for fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities and for fair value measurements of nonfinancial items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Statement 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Statement 157 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements (Note 2). FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” delays the effective date of Statement 157 until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis.
On June 28, 2009, the Company will be required to apply the provisions of Statement 157 to fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The Company does not expect any material impact in applying these provisions on its financial position and results of operations.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active,” which was effective immediately. FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the application of Statement 157 in cases where the market for a financial instrument is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining fair value in those circumstances. The Company held no investments where the guidance provided by FSP FAS 157-3 would have been applicable in its determination of estimated fair values during 2009.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (“FSP FAS 157-4”). FSP FAS 157-4 provides guidance on how to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities under SFAS No. 157 in the current economic environment and reemphasizes that the objective of a fair value measurement remains an exit price. If we were to conclude that there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity of the asset or liability in relation to normal market activities, quoted market values may not be representative of fair value and we may conclude that a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. FSP FAS 157-4 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-4 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
  (r)   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of
In accordance with SFAS 144, long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the individual assets within the group exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of would be presented separately in the consolidated balance sheets, reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.

 

43


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  (s)   Allowances Granted to Resellers
The Company provided consideration to customers in the form of discounts and other allowances which were reflected as a reduction of net sales of approximately $9,340, $9,918 and $11,027 for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
  (t)   Interest and Penalties Associated with Income Tax
The Company’s policy is to recognize and classify any interest and penalties associated with a tax authority assertion of the Company’s income tax liabilities as part of its income tax expense.
  (u)   Subsequent Events Measurement Date
The Company monitored and evaluated any subsequent events for footnote disclosures in or adjustments required in its consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2009 through September 8, 2009, the date on which the its consolidated financial statements were filed as part of the 2009 Form 10-K.
  (v)   Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP’) FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect any material impact of adopting FSP FAS 142-3 on its financial position and results of operations.
In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS 141(R)”) and SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements- an amendment of ARB No.151” (“SFAS 160”). These standards become effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and they provide guidance in accounting for business combinations and the reporting of noncontrolling interests (or minority interests) in consolidated financial statements. Both standards became effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning on June 28, 2009. In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 141(R)-1, “Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise From Contingencies”. FSP FAS 141(R)-1 amends and clarifies SFAS 141(R) to address application issues raised by preparers, auditors and members of the legal profession on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. SFAS 141(R) will be applied on a prospective basis while SFAS 160 will be applied retroactively; neither standard will have an effect on the Company’s historical financial position or its results of operations.
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is an amendment to SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This FSP becomes effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009 and is not required for earlier periods that are presented for comparative purposes. Earlier application of the provisions of this FSP is permitted. Since the FSP deals only with disclosure guidance, the application of the provisions of FSP FAS 132(R)-1 will not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or its results of operations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
In April 2009, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 111 which amends and replaces Topic 5.M., “Other Than Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. Topic 5.M. (as amended) maintains the SEC staff’s previous views related to equity securities and also amends Topic 5.M. to exclude debt securities from its scope.
In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events.” This SFAS sets forth: (a) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; (b) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and (c) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. SFAS No. 165 is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009 and requires a date be identified in the Company’s financial statement disclosures through which any subsequent events have been monitored and evaluated by the Company for disclosure or adjustment purposes to its financial statements for the period. This disclosure requirement has no effect on the Company’s financial position or its results of operations (see Note 1(u)).
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Standards.” This Statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States (the “GAAP hierarchy”). This Statement establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ (“Codification”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. Effective for reporting periods beginning on July 1, 2009 and forward, technical references to authoritative GAAP will be referenced to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, in lieu of reference to individual SFAS pronouncements. Since this change impacts disclosure references only, it will have no effect on the Company’s financial position or its results of operations.
(2)   Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, as reported in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is disclosed in Note 6.

 

45


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Fair Value Hierarchy
The Company adopted SFAS 157 on June 29, 2008 for fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities and for fair value measurements of nonfinancial items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
    Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
    Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
    Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
The following table presents assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value and items for which the fair value option has been elected) at June 27, 2009:
                                 
            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
            Quoted Prices              
            in Active     Significant        
            Markets for     Other     Significant  
            Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
    June 27     Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    2009     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets:
                               
Available-for-sale securities
  $ 18,520       0       18,520       0  
 
                       
Total
  $ 18,520       0       18,520       0  
 
                       
The financial statements as of and for the year ended June 27, 2009 do not include any nonrecurring fair value measurements relating to assets or liabilities for which the Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS 157. All nonrecurring fair value measurements for 2009 involved nonfinancial assets and the Company will not adopt the provisions of SFAS 157 for nonrecurring fair value measurements involving nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until June 28, 2009 as discussed in Note 1(q).
(3)   Inventory
Inventory by category at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 consisted of the following:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Raw materials
  $ 90     $ 72  
Finished goods
    8,409       10,770  
 
           
Total Inventory
  $ 8,499     $ 10,842  
 
           
Inventory is presented net of raw material write-downs of $4 and $32 at the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively; and finished goods write-downs of $216 and $65 at the end of the same reporting periods, respectively. Inventory write-downs recognized as a part of cost of sales were $1,069, $430 and $1,246 in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(4)   Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment at cost at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 consisted of the following:
                         
                    Estimated  
    2009     2008     life in years  
 
                       
Land and improvements
  $ 267     $ 392       5-15  
Buildings and improvements
    3,534       3,424       5-45  
Machinery and equipment
    6,264       5,359       2-10  
Leasehold improvements
    1,146       621       2-6  
Construction in progress
    43       263          
 
                   
Total property, plant and equipment
  $ 11,254     $ 10,059          
Less total accumulated depreciation
    7,511       6,910          
 
                   
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 3,743     $ 3,149          
 
                   
(5)   Intangible Trademark, Patent Assets and Licensing Fees
Intangible trademark, patent assets and licensing fees included the following at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Trademarks, patents and licensing fees, at cost
  $ 1,003     $ 951  
Less accumulated amortization
    (644 )     (454 )
 
           
Trademarks, patents and licensing fees, net
  $ 359     $ 497  
 
           
The Company recognized trademark, patent and licensing fee amortization expense of $190 and $201 in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, and reported that expense as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.
Based on the Company’s amortization methods, remaining net trademark, patent and licensing fee costs will be recognized as amortization expense of $185, $106, $31, $26 and $11 in each of the next five years, respectively. The Company would accelerate the expensing of these costs should circumstances change and an impairment condition be determined for trademarks or patents that have a remaining value.
(6)   Short-term Notes Payable and Long-term Debt
The Company is party to an unsecured credit facility with The Huntington National Bank (“Huntington”). The original facility dated March 29, 2007 was modified on June 26, 2009. Under this second modification of the Bank Facility, Huntington is obligated to advance the Company funds for a period of two and a half years ending with December 31, 2011, subject to a one-year renewal option thereafter, up to the following amounts:
                 
    July to December     January to June  
Fiscal 2010
  $ 12,000     $ 5,000  
Fiscal 2011
  $ 10,000     $ 5,000  
Fiscal 2012
  $ 8,000          

 

47


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The terms of the Bank Facility require the Company to satisfy certain financial covenants including (a) satisfying a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.0 which is calculated on a trailing 12 months basis, and (b) maintaining a consolidated net worth of not less than $44,000, increased annually by 50% of the Company’ consolidated net income after June 28, 2009. The Bank Facility must be rested for 30 consecutive days beginning in February of each year. Also, the borrowing under the Bank Facility may not exceed 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable plus 50% of its eligible inventory at any one time. As of June 27, 2009, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants.
The Bank Facility provides that Huntington will issue on behalf of the Company letters of credit with a maximum aggregate value of up to $1,500. The aggregate dollar amount of outstanding letters of credit is deducted from the available balance under the Bank Facility. At June 27, 2009, the Company had $6,842 available under the Bank Facility, which was reduced by the aggregate amount of letters of credit outstanding.
The interest rate on the Bank Facility is a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. The applicable interest rate on the Bank Facility at June 27, 2009 was 3.06% assuming a 30-day LIBOR rate of .31% on that date. Additionally, the modified agreement requires the Company to pay a quarterly unused line fee at the rate of 3/8% of the average unused Bank Facility balance. During fiscal 2009, the Company did not use its Bank Facility and incurred unused line fees of approximately $22. The Company incurred a commitment fee of approximately $43 on the loan modification effective as of June 26, 2009; this fee will be amortized over the future term of the Bank Facility.
At June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, short-term notes payable of $1,750 and $2,200, respectively, consisted exclusively of the borrowings against the cash surrender value of certain life insurance policies with an interest rate of 3.25%, as discussed further in Note (15).
The Company and its co-founder, the mother of the Company’s non-executive chairman (“chairman”), entered into an agreement in August 2005 whereby she transferred all of her product designs and patent rights to the Company and released all unpaid claims that would have accrued under a previous agreement. Under the August 2005 agreement, the Company is obligated to make 24 quarterly payments of $25 each on the last business day of every October, January, April and July until the last business day in April 2011. Since the death of the chairman’s mother in February 2007 and through March 24, 2008, the Company made the quarterly payments with respect to the agreement to the successor trust of which the chairman is the trustee and beneficiary. On March 24, 2008, the chairman assigned the remaining payment rights under the agreement to a fund established with a philanthropic organization. As of June 27, 2009 and listed as “Other note” in the table below, the Company reported $90 of the then remaining liability under this agreement as current installments of long-term debt and the remaining $97 as long-term debt.
The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is based upon the present value of expected cash flows, considering expected maturities and using current interest rates available to the Company for borrowings with similar terms. The carrying amount of the Company’s long-term debt approximates its fair value. Long-term debt at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 consisted of the following:
                 
    2009     2008  
Other note
  $ 187     $ 271  
Less current installments
    90       84  
 
           
Long-term debt, excluding current installments
  $ 97     $ 187  
 
           

 

48


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The aggregate minimum principal maturities of the long-term debt for each of the next five fiscal years following June 27, 2009 are as follows:
         
2010
  $ 90  
2011
    97  
2012
     
2013
     
2014
     
 
     
 
  $ 187  
 
     
(7)   Lease Commitments
The Company occupies certain distribution and office sales facilities and uses certain equipment under cancelable and noncancelable operating lease arrangements. A summary of the noncancelable operating lease commitments at June 27, 2009 is as follows:
         
2010
  $ 548  
2011
    351  
2012
    215  
2013
    200  
2014
    200  
Thereafter
    183  
 
     
 
  $ 1,697  
 
     
Substantially all of these operating lease agreements have no further contractual renewals and require the Company to pay insurance, taxes and maintenance expenses. Rent expense under cancelable and noncancelable operating lease arrangements in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, reported as part of continuing operations was $1,212, $998 and $996, respectively.
(8)   Income Taxes
Income tax expense for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, consisted of the following:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Current expense:
                       
Federal
  $ 216     $ 165     $ 570  
Foreign
                163  
State
    478       298       47  
 
                 
 
    694       463       780  
Deferred expense (benefit)
  $ 3,495     $ 4,602     $ (14,593 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total expense (benefit)
  $ 4,189     $ 5,065     $ (13,813 )
 
                 
Total (benefit) allocated to discontinued operations
  $     $     $ (161 )
 
                 
Total expense (benefit) on continuing operations
  $ 4,189     $ 5,065     $ (13,652 )
 
                 

 

49


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The differences between income taxes computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate (34 percent in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007), and income tax expense (benefit) reported in the financial statements are:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
                       
Computed “expected” tax expense
  $ 3,802     $ 5,049     $ 3,853  
State income taxes expense, net of federal income tax
    400       535       99  
Valuation allowance
                (17,792 )
Deferred tax benefit true-up adjustment
          (522 )      
Effect of IRS settlement
                338  
Effect of disposal of Fargeot
                (387 )
Other, net
    (13 )     3       76  
 
                 
Total expense (benefit)
  $ 4,189     $ 5,065     $ (13,813 )
 
                 
Total (benefit) allocated to discontinued operations
                (161 )
 
                 
Total expense (benefit) on continuing operations
  $ 4,189     $ 5,065     $ (13,652 )
 
                 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below for the end of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008.
                 
    2009     2008  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Current assets
  $ 668     $ 867  
Accounting accruals, including self-insurance costs, vacation costs and others
    825       715  
Property, plant and equipment
          91  
Accrued pension costs
    1,521       1,771  
Pension liability adjustment
    6,193       2,847  
State net operating loss carryforward
    10       46  
U.S. Federal tax loss and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards
    1,201       4,213  
Capital loss carryforward
    482       482  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
  $ 10,900     $ 11,032  
Less valuation allowance
    (482 )     (482 )
 
           
Deferred tax assets, net
  $ 10,418     $ 10,550  
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Prepaid insurance
    83       95  
Property, plant and equipment
    29        
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    112       95  
 
           
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 10,306     $ 10,455  
 
           
The net temporary differences incurred to date will reverse in future periods when the Company generates taxable earnings. The deferred tax assets result primarily from provisions in the U.S. income tax code, which require that certain accounting accruals be deferred until future years before those accruals are deductible for current income tax purposes. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

50


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
In fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an out-of-period deferred tax benefit adjustment of $522 related to prior period asset dispositions associated primarily with the closure of the Company’s former distribution operations in Mexico. This adjustment resulted in lower income tax expense recognized in the results of operations reported in fiscal 2008.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the Company originally recorded a valuation allowance reflecting the full reservation of the value of its deferred tax assets at the close of fiscal 2003, which ended on January 3, 2004. The Company’s valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets and net operating loss carryforwards at the end of the 2006 transition period was $18,273. The valuation allowance against deferred tax assets was maintained through the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2007. In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company determined, based on the existence of sufficient positive evidence, represented primarily by three years of cumulative income before restructuring charges, that a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets was no longer required because it was more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Accordingly, the full amount of the valuation allowance was reversed and recognized in the benefit reflected for the year. The Company believes that under its current operating model it will continue to generate taxable earnings from operations in the future.
As a result of the Company’s disposal of its ownership of Fargeot in July 2007, the Company incurred a capital loss, and it was able to utilize part of this loss to offset prior year capital gains. The portion of the capital loss, which could not be utilized in fiscal 2008, is included as a capital loss carryforward. This capital loss deferred tax asset is subject to expiration after five years as a carryforward item, with any realization permitted only by offsetting against future capital gains generated by the Company. Approximately $482 of this capital loss remains without any immediate offsetting capital gain expected at June 27, 2009. Accordingly, all of the $482 has been reserved through a valuation allowance established at the end of fiscal 2008.
At the end of fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, there were approximately $1,757, $11,163 and $23,209, respectively, of net operating loss carryforwards available for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Due to the deferred recognition of additional paid in capital (“APIC”) created from excess tax benefits realized on the exercises and/or vesting of various equity-based compensation instruments, the net operating loss carryforwards, as measured in the Company’s tax returns, are higher than those amounts considered for book purposes. SFAS 123R requires recognition of excess tax benefits as APIC only when cash payments on taxes are directly impacted. This timing for federal income tax return purposes will not occur until all net operating loss carryforwards are completely used to offset U.S. federal income tax expense. Accordingly, net operating loss carryforwards, as measured for U.S. federal income tax return purposes, as of the end of fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were $4,600, $14,030 and $25,424, respectively. Loss carryforwards in the U.S. are generally available for up to twenty years in the future. The loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes are available and can be used to offset current year income, subject to alternative minimum corporate income tax rules, starting in fiscal 2009 and expiring through the end of fiscal 2027. The alternative minimum tax credit is eligible for indefinite carryforward treatment and will be recovered through future offset against tax liabilities, once the Company has fully utilized its net operating loss carryforwards.

 

51


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes- an interpretation of FASB Statement 109”. This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The implementation of FIN 48 did not result in any adjustments to the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions. The Company did not record an accrual for tax related uncertainties or unrecognized tax positions at the end of fiscal 2009 or the end of fiscal 2008. The Company does not expect a charge to the reserve for uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months that would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
The Company recorded no interest or penalties during fiscal 2009 in either its consolidated statement of income or consolidated balance sheet.
The Company files a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and consolidated and separate company income tax returns in various federal, state and local jurisdictions. Generally, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by federal, primary state or local tax authorities through the tax year ended December 31, 2004.
(9)   Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 consisted of the following:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Salaries and wages
  $ 1,949     $ 2,044  
Income taxes
    59       15  
Other taxes
    112       106  
Current pension liabilities
    1,490       731  
Other
    369       407  
 
           
 
  $ 3,979     $ 3,303  
 
           

 

52


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(10)   Employee Retirement Plans
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” As required, the Company adopted this statement effective June 30, 2007. This accounting standard required a measurement date change for pension plans to a date commensurate with the Company’s fiscal year-end. This measurement date change from the previous measurement date of March 31 was adopted during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the following table provides a breakdown of the incremental effect of applying this required measurement date change on individual line items in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 27, 2009:
                         
    Before     Effect of     After  
Incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158   application of     applying     application of  
measurement date change   SFAS No. 158     SFAS No. 158     SFAS No. 158  
Assets:
                       
Deferred tax assets-noncurrent
  $ 7,661     $ 24     $ 7,685  
 
                       
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
                       
Accrued retirement cost and other
  $ 19,307     $ 65     $ 19,372  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (11,094 )     45       (11,049 )
Retained earnings
    29,381       (86 )     29,295  
 
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity affected
  $ 37,594     $ 24     $ 37,618  
 
                 
The Company maintains a tax qualified pension plan, the Associates’ Retirement Plan (“ARP”), as well as a tax nonqualified pension plan, the Supplemental Retirement Plan (“SRP”). Effective as of close of business day on March 31, 2004, the ARP was frozen. The Company intends to fund the minimum amounts required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The Company also sponsors the SRP for certain officers and other key employees as designated by R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors. The SRP is unfunded, noncontributory and provides for the payment of monthly retirement benefits. Benefits are based on a formula applied to the recipients’ final average monthly compensation, reduced by a certain percentage of their social security benefits. For certain participants, the SRP provides an alternative benefit formula for years worked past the normal retirement age assumed by the SRP. Effective as of close of business day on March 31, 2004, the SRP was frozen. Effective as of January 1, 2005, the SRP was unfrozen with respect to two “reactivated participants” who had been participants in the SRP prior to March 31, 2004 and were designated by R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors. Effective as of January 1, 2005, pension benefit accruals resumed for the reactivated participants. From and after March 31, 2004, (a) no new individual may become a participant in the SRP; (b) except with respect to the reactivated participants, no additional pension benefits will accrue; and (c) benefits will begin to be distributed no earlier than the date a participant terminates employment with the Company. In December 2008, the SRP was amended to provide the remaining active participant with an election option for a lump sum payment at the time of retirement. This election option was subsequently exercised and payment occurred in late August 2009. This anticipated lump sum payment of approximately $748 has been included in the short-term portion of pension liability at June 27, 2009 as part of accrued expenses described in Note (9).

 

53


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The funded status of the ARP and the SRP and the accrued retirement costs, measured on June 27, 2009 and March 31, 2008, as recognized at June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively, were:
                                 
    Associate Retirement     Supplemental Retirement  
    Plan     Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Change in projected benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
  $ 29,433     $ 31,024     $ 8,200     $ 8,568  
Service cost
                45       45  
Interest cost
    1,895       1,798       525       494  
Plan amendments
                19        
Actuarial loss (gain)
    763       (1,215 )     325       (240 )
Benefits paid
    (2,237 )     (2,174 )     (816 )     (667 )
Adjustment for change in measurement date
    (84 )           (26 )      
 
                       
 
                               
Benefit obligation at year-end
  $ 29,770     $ 29,433     $ 8,272     $ 8,200  
 
                       
 
                               
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
  $ 25,052     $ 27,074     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (4,886 )     (910 )            
Contributions
    415       1,308       816       667  
Expenses
    (214 )     (246 )            
Benefits paid
    (2,237 )     (2,174 )     (816 )     (667 )
Adjustment for change in measurement date
    (471 )                  
 
                       
 
                               
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
  $ 17,659     $ 25,052     $     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Funded status of the plan
  $ (12,111 )   $ (4,381 )   $ (8,272 )   $ (8,200 )
Contributions made in last fiscal quarter of the year
          394             171  
 
                       
 
                               
Funded status at year-end
  $ (12,111 )   $ (3,987 )   $ (8,272 )   $ (8,029 )
 
                       
 
                               
Noncurrent assets
                               
Current liabilities
                (1,490 )     (731 )
Noncurrent liabilities
  $ (12,111 )   $ (3,987 )   $ (6,782 )   $ (7,298 )
 
                       
Net pension liability at end of year
  $ (12,111 )   $ (3,987 )   $ (8,272 )   $ (8,029 )
 
                       
 
                               
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss-pretax
                               
Prior service costs
                206       119  
Net actuarial loss
  $ 14,904     $ 6,110     $ 1,628     $ 1,465  
 
                       
Balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year-pretax
  $ 14,904     $ 6,110     $ 1,834     $ 1,584  
 
                       

 

54


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
                                 
    Associate Retirement     Supplemental Retirement  
    Plan     Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in comprehensive income (loss)
                               
 
                               
Net actuarial loss (gain)
  $ 9,053     $ 2,097     $ 325     $ (240 )
Prior service cost (credit)
                19       (35 )
Amortization of:
                       
Prior service costs
                (42 )      
Net actuarial loss
  $ (259 )   $ (331 )   $ (53 )   $ (61 )
 
                       
Total recognized in comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 8,794     $ 1,766     $ 249     $ (336 )
 
                       
The accumulated benefit obligation for the ARP was $29,770 and $29,433, as of June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for the SRP was $8,206 and $8,143, as of June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively.
At June 27, 2009, expected benefit payments to plan participants from the ARP and to participants in the SRP for each of the next five years and the five-year period thereafter in the aggregate are:
                 
    Associate     Supplemental  
    Retirement Plan     Retirement Plan  
2010
  $ 2,253     $ 1,490  
2011
    2,299       730  
2012
    2,310       723  
2013
    2,337       715  
2014
    2,341       742  
2015-2019
    11,761       3,419  

 

55


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net costs for both the ARP and the SRP:
                       
Discount rate
    6.69 %     6.00 %     6.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.25 %     8.50 %     8.50 %
 
                       
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 45     $ 45     $ 75  
Interest cost
    2,420       2,292       2,262  
Expected return on plan assets
    (2,204 )     (2,157 )     (1,964 )
Net amortization
    285       426       426  
 
                 
 
                       
Total pension expense
  $ 546     $ 606     $ 799  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
                       
Discount rate
    6.42 %     6.69 %     6.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
The estimated net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation (asset) for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2010 are $639, $42 and $0, respectively.
The qualified ARP is funded on a periodic basis as required under ERISA/IRS guidelines. The general principles guiding investment of pension plan assets are those embodied under ERISA. These principles include discharging the Company’s investment responsibilities for the exclusive benefit of plan participants and in accordance with the “prudent expert” standards and other ERISA rules and regulations. Investment objectives for the Company’s pension plan assets are to optimize the long-term return on plan assets while maintaining an acceptable level of risk, diversify assets among asset classes and investment styles, and maintain a long-term focus. The plan asset allocation shown below is consistent with the Company’s investment policy objectives. With the assistance of a consulting firm, the plan fiduciaries are responsible for selecting investment managers, setting asset allocation targets and monitoring asset allocation and investment performance. The qualified plan assets invested as of the measurement date for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were as follows:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Cash and equivalents
    2 %     2 %     2 %
Domestic equities
    48 %     48 %     50 %
Domestic fixed income securities
    6 %     9 %     8 %
Foreign equities
    24 %     25 %     26 %
Hedge funds
    20 %     16 %     14 %
 
                 
 
                       
Total pension plan assets invested
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                 

 

56


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The expected return on plan assets used in the pension computations for the qualified ARP is based on management’s best judgment of future anticipated performance of those invested assets based on past long-term experience and judgment on how future long-term performance will occur.
The Company’s nonqualified SRP is unfunded and payments, as required, are made when due from the Company’s general funds. In fiscal 2010, the Company anticipates total payments of $2,559 related to its unfunded, nonqualified SRP and payment contributions to its funded, qualified ARP.
The discount rate was determined based on an analysis of interest rates for high-quality, long-term corporate debt at each measurement date. In order to appropriately match the bond maturities with expected future cash payments, the Company utilizes differing bond portfolios to estimate the discount rates for the defined benefit plans. The weighted average discount rate used to determine the defined benefit plans obligation as of the balance sheet date is the rate in effect at the measurement date. The same rate is also used to determine the defined benefit plans expense for the following fiscal year.
The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan for all its eligible salaried and nonsalaried employees (other than employees of its non-domestic subsidiaries). Effective January 1, 2005, the Company adopted a 3% non-contributory Safe Harbor 401 provision for all eligible plan participants. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors approved a discretionary, one-time contribution of 1% of eligible pay to all 401(k) plan participants. This contribution was deemed a profit sharing contribution as established in the 401(k) plan guidelines. The Company’s contributions in cash to the 401(k) plan, including the one-time contribution payment, as applicable, were $278, $256 and $323, for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
(11)   Shareholders’ Equity
As of June 27, 2009, there were approximately 136 employees and nine non-employee directors who were eligible to participate in the 2005 Plan.
The 2005 Plan authorizes the issuance of 500,000 common shares, plus:
    the number of common shares that were authorized to be the subject of awards under the 1997 Incentive Stock Plan (the “1997 Plan”) and the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), which plans were terminated as to new awards on May 20, 2005, but as to which awards had not been made as of May 20, 2005; and
    any common shares underlying awards granted under the 1997 Plan and the 2002 Plan, which are forfeited after May 20, 2005.
In addition, no more than 500,000 common shares will be available for the grant of incentive stock options under the 2005 Plan. At June 27, 2009, the number of common shares available for grant was 0, 126,000 and 84,000 common shares pursuant to the 2005 Plan and through the rollover terms of the 2005 Plan, the 2002 Plan and the 1997 Plan, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The selection of participants and the nature and size of awards granted under the 2005 Plan is within the discretion of the Compensation Committee of R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) or the full Board of Directors, in the case of grants to non-employee directors of R.G. Barry Corporation. The 2005 Plan provides for the following types of grants, each as defined in the 2005 Plan:
    nonqualified stock options (“NQs”) and incentive stock options (“ISOs”) that qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
 
    stock appreciation rights;
 
    restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”); and
 
    stock grants, stock units and cash awards.
Grants of restricted stock, RSUs, stock units and cash awards may, as determined by the Committee or the full Board of Directors, as appropriate, also be performance-based awards, as defined in the 2005 Plan.
If an award granted under the 2005 Plan is forfeited, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, exchanged or otherwise settled without the issuance of common shares or the payment of cash equal to the difference between the fair market value of the award and any exercise price, the common shares associated with that award will be available for future grants. The maximum number of common shares with respect to which awards may be issued under the 2005 Plan to any individual during any calendar year is 200,000. The common shares issued pursuant to the 2005 Plan may consist of authorized and unissued common shares or treasury shares.
Prior to the 2005 Plan, the Company had various equity-based compensation plans, under which ISOs and NQs have been granted, some of which remain outstanding. All outstanding ISOs and NQs are currently exercisable for periods of up to ten years from the date of grant at exercise prices not less than the fair market value at the grant date of the underlying common shares.
Plan activity for grants under the 2005 Plan and the other equity-based compensation plans under which ISOs and NQs have been granted is as follows:
                         
    Number of     Number of     Weighted-  
    common shares     common shares     average  
    subject to ISOs     subject to NQs     exercise price  
 
                       
Outstanding at July 1, 2006
    556,100       552,800     $ 5.27  
 
                       
Granted
    5,000             7.25  
Exercised
    (256,200 )     (82,300 )     3.72  
Expired/Cancelled
    (24,800 )     (34,600 )     8.08  
 
                 
 
                       
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
    280,100       435,900     $ 5.79  
 
                       
Granted
                 
Exercised
    (54,400 )     (121,900 )     3.84  
Expired/Cancelled
    (13,100 )     (75,800 )     13.09  
 
                 
 
                       
Outstanding at June 28, 2008
    212,600       238,200     $ 5.23  
 
                       
Granted
                 
Exercised
    (94,100 )     (36,200 )     3.74  
Expired/Cancelled
    (1,500 )     (55,800 )     8.38  
 
                 
 
                       
Outstanding at June 27, 2009
    117,000       146,200     $ 5.21  
 
                 
 
                       
Options exercisable at June 27, 2009
    114,000       146,200          
 
                   

 

58


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
                                         
    Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
            Weighted-                
            average     Weighted-             Weighted-  
    Number     remaining     average     Number     average  
    outstanding at     contractual     exercise     exercisable at     exercise  
Range of exercise prices   June 27, 2009     life (years)     price     June 27, 2009     price  
 
                                       
$2.51 – 5.00
    133,200       2.70     $ 3.93       133,200     $ 3.93  
5.01 – 0.00
    130,000       3.93       6.40       127,000       6.38  
 
                                   
 
                                       
 
    263,200                       260,200          
 
                                   
The intrinsic values of the stock options exercisable and outstanding at the end of fiscal 2009 were $652 and $653, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2009 was $305.
At the end of fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the stock options outstanding under these equity-based compensation plans were held by 21, 38 and 43 employees, respectively, and had expiration dates ranging from 2009 to 2016.
Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, the Company recorded, as part of selling, general and administrative expenses, $938 of stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2009. Approximately $6 of the total stock-based compensation expense incurred during fiscal 2009 was associated with stock-based awards granted prior to adopting SFAS 123R; $932 of the total stock-based compensation expense was related to ISOs, NQs and RSUs granted since the Company adopted SFAS 123R.
Total compensation cost of stock-based awards granted but not yet vested as of June 27, 2009 was approximately $1,782, all of which relates to the compensation cost for stock-based awards issued after the adoption of SFAS 123R. The Company expects to recognize the total remaining compensation cost over the weighted-average period of approximately two years.
During fiscal 2009, the Company granted RSUs to non-employee directors of R.G. Barry Corporation and to members of its senior management. Upon vesting, the RSUs will be settled in an equivalent number of common shares. The RSUs granted to the non-employee directors will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of the award. The RSUs awarded to the members of senior management will vest in full on the fifth anniversary of the date of the award, although twenty percent of the RSUs may vest on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of the award if the Company meets certain performance goals. The intrinsic value of RSUs that vested during fiscal 2009 was $537.
At the end of fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, RSUs outstanding under these equity-based compensation plans were held by 31, 28 and 11 employees, respectively, and had vesting dates ranging from 2012 to 2014. These RSU vesting dates were subject to partial acceleration on an annual basis if certain Company financial performance objectives were met for a fiscal year.

 

59


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s RSUs as of June 27, 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007 and activity during the fiscal year then ended:
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            average             average             average  
            grant-             grant-             grant-  
            date fair             date fair             date fair  
    RSUs     value     RSUs     value     RSUs     value  
 
                                               
Unvested RSUs at beginning of the year
    190,900     $ 7.94       85,900     $ 7.82       106,200     $ 6.18  
Granted
    230,600       6.27       151,700       8.65       40,800       9.64  
Vested
    (81,300 )     7.99       (41,200 )     9.36       (50,100 )     6.18  
Forfeited/Cancelled
    (20,700 )     7.69       (4,600 )     7.03       (11,000 )     6.18  
 
                                   
Unvested RSUs at the end of the year
    319,500     $ 6.86       190,900     $ 7.94       85,900     $ 7.82  
 
                                   
(12)   Earnings per Share
The following table represents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of basic and dilutive, when applicable, earnings per common share from continuing operations for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Numerator:
                       
 
                       
Earnings from continuing operations
  $ 6,992     $ 9,785     $ 25,735  
 
                 
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
    10,633       10,469       10,089  
Effect of potentially dilutive securities: employee stock options and RSUs
    104       222       373  
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    10,737       10,691       10,462  
 
                 
Basic earnings per common share — continuing operations
  $ 0.66     $ 0.93     $ 2.55  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per common share — continuing operations
  $ 0.65     $ 0.92     $ 2.46  
 
                 

 

60


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The Company excludes stock options to purchase common shares from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share when they are anti-dilutive, measured using the average market price of the underlying common shares during that fiscal year.
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share
    105,000             102,800  
 
                 
(13)   Preferred Share Purchase Rights
On May 1, 2009, the Board of Directors of R.G. Barry Corporation declared a distribution of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (“Right”) for each outstanding common share to shareholders of record on May 15, 2009. The Rights replaced similar rights issued in 1998, which expired on March 16, 2008. Under certain conditions, each Right may be exercised to purchase one one-hundredth of a share (a “Unit”) of Series II Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares, par value $1 per share, at an initial exercise price of $25 per unit, subject to adjustment. The Rights initially will be attached to R.G. Barry Corporation’s common shares. The Rights will separate from the common shares and a Distribution Date will occur upon the earlier of 10 business days after a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of R.G. Barry Corporation’s outstanding common shares (“Share Acquisition Date”), other than as a result of repurchases of common shares by R.G. Barry Corporation or certain inadvertent actions by institutional or certain other shareholders, or 10 business days (or such later date as the Board of Directors of R.G. Barry Corporation shall determine) after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer that would result in a person or group beneficially owning 15% or more of R.G. Barry Corporation’s outstanding common shares. The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date.
In the event that any person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding common shares of R.G. Barry Corporation, each holder of a Right will thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise, common shares of R.G. Barry Corporation (or in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of R.G. Barry Corporation) having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that, at any time following the Share Acquisition Date, R.G. Barry Corporation is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which R.G. Barry Corporation is not the surviving corporation or 50% or more of the Company’s consolidated assets, cash flow or earning power is sold or transferred, the holder of a Right will be entitled to receive, upon exercise of the Right, the number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.
The Rights, which do not have any voting rights, expire on May 1, 2014, and may be redeemed by R.G. Barry Corporation at a price of $0.01 per Right at any time until 10 business days following the Share Acquisition Date.
Each Class A Preferred Share entitles the holder thereof to one-tenth of one vote, while Class B Preferred Shares, should they become authorized for issuance by action of R.G. Barry Corporation’s Board of Directors, entitle the holder thereof to ten votes. The preferred shares are entitled to a preference in liquidation. None of the preferred shares have been issued.

 

61


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(14)   Gain from insurance recovery
In April 2008, the Company’s leased distribution facility in Texas was struck by a tornado damaging the facility, equipment and inventory. Damages to the facility, equipment and inventory, as well as losses incurred due to business interruption were fully covered by insurance above a nominal deductible provision. This insurance coverage provided for reimbursement of the replacement cost on the facility as well as equipment. The inventory coverage provided for an amount equal to the cost plus normal profit expected in the sale for any damaged finished goods inventory. The carrying cost of finished goods inventory damaged in the storm was approximately $1,315. The Company realized a gain of $1,362 in fiscal 2008, represented by the difference between the carrying amount of the damaged inventory versus the insurance proceeds.
The Company sustained damage to the leased facility and a portion of its equipment located in that facility; this damage was insured at full replacement cost and was repaired and placed back into service in early fiscal 2009.
(15)   Related-party Transactions
Under an existing agreement, the Company is obligated for up to two years after the death of the chairman to purchase, if the estate elects to sell, up to $4,000 of the Company’s common shares, at their fair market value. To fund its potential obligation to purchase such common shares, the Company maintains two insurance policies on the life of the chairman. The cumulative cash surrender value of the policies approximates $2,552, which is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Effective in March 2004 and continuing through most of fiscal 2009, the Company borrowed against the cash surrender value of both of these policies. One of these policy loans for $450 was repaid during the last month of fiscal 2009. For a period of 24 months following the chairman’s death, the Company has a right of first refusal to purchase any common shares owned by the chairman at the time of his death if his estate elects to sell such common shares and has the right to purchase such common shares on the same terms and conditions as the estate proposes to sell such common shares to a third party.
The Company and its co-founder, the mother of the chairman, entered into an agreement in August 2005 whereby she transferred all of her product designs and patent rights to the Company and released all unpaid claims that would have accrued under a previous agreement. Under the August 2005 agreement, the Company is obligated to make 24 quarterly payments of $25 each on the last business day of every October, January, April and July until the last business day in April 2011. Since the death of the chairman’s mother in February 2007 and through March 24, 2008, the Company made the quarterly payments with respect to the agreement to the successor trust of which the chairman is the trustee and beneficiary. On March 24, 2008, the chairman assigned the remaining payment rights under the agreement to a fund established with a philanthropic organization. As of June 27, 2009, the Company reported $90 of the then remaining liability under this agreement as current installments of long-term debt and the remaining $97 as long-term debt.
(16)   Segment Reporting
SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” establishes standards for the manner in which public enterprises report information about operating segments, their products and the geographic areas where they operate.

 

62


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The Company primarily markets accessory footwear products, as described in Note (1). With the sale of Fargeot, the business of which is reported as discontinued operations as further described in Note (18), the Company’s business is operated now as a single operating segment, North America. Net sales as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income relate primarily to markets in North America.
At June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, substantially all of the Company’s net property, plant equipment of $3,743 and $3,149, respectively, was located in North America.
For fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, one customer accounted for approximately 38%, 37% and 33%, respectively, of the Company’s annual consolidated net sales. A second customer accounted for 10%, 11% and 11% of the Company’s annual consolidated net sales for fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
(17)   Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges
During fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the Company did not undertake any new initiatives that resulted in restructuring charges or asset impairment charges. The aggregate of $179 in other exit costs and adjustments incurred in fiscal 2007, shown below, was related to the final exit activities with respect to the Company’s former distribution center in Mexico and costs associated with the final liquidation of the Company’s former Mexico-based subsidiaries.
                                                 
    Accruals                                     Accruals  
    July 1,     Charges in             Non-cash     Paid in     June 30,  
    2006     2007     Adjustments     write-offs     2007     2007  
 
                                               
Employee separations
  $ 335     $     $     $     $ 335     $  
Other exit costs
          147                   147        
Noncancelable leases
    2,909             32             2,941        
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total restructuring
  $ 3,244     $ 147     $ 32     $     $ 3,423     $  
 
                                   
(18)   Disposition of Fargeot
In July 2007, the Company completed the sale of Fargeot for 350,000 Euros or approximately $480. The net value of the business at the close of fiscal 2007 was estimated at $474. The Company reported a loss from discontinued operations of $590 in fiscal 2007, which included both the results of the Fargeot operations and an impairment loss of $1,240 resulting from the sale of Fargeot.
For fiscal 2007, the operating results of Fargeot’s discontinued operations included net sales of $8,490 and a loss from discontinued operations before income tax of $751.
(19)   Contingent Liabilities
The Company is from time to time involved in claims and litigation considered normal in the course of its business. While it is not feasible to predict the ultimate outcome, in the opinion of management, the resolution of pending legal proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operation.

 

63


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
R.G. Barry Corporation and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(20)   Accounts Receivable Reserves
                                         
    Balance at     Current                      
    Beginning     Charges to     Other             Balance at  
Description   of Year     Expenses     Adjustments     Deductions     End of Year  
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                                       
 
                                       
Period ended:
                                       
 
                                       
6/27/2009
  $ 200     $ 464     $     $ 237     $ 427  
6/28/2008
    200                         200  
6/30/2007
    110       200             110       200  
 
                                       
Returns Allowance:
                                       
 
                                       
Period ended:
                                       
 
                                       
6/27/2009
  $ 151     $ 1,418     $     $ 494     $ 1,075  
6/28/2008
    289       3,026       (44 )     3,120       151  
6/30/2007
    863       2,220       (48 )     2,746       289  
 
                                       
Promotions Allowance:
                                       
 
                                       
Period ended:
                                       
 
                                       
6/27/2009
  $ 1,534     $ 9,879     $ (484 )   $ 9,706     $ 1,223  
6/28/2008
    1,701       10,166       (438 )     9,895       1,534  
6/30/2007
    1,207       10,643       372       10,521       1,701  

 

64


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Data
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
                                 
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
Fiscal 2009
                               
Net sales
  $ 25,630     $ 48,853     $ 21,130     $ 18,204  
Gross profit
    10,160       19,284       7,086       6,937  
 
                               
Net earnings (loss)
    1,105       6,050       123       (286 )
 
                               
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
    0.10       0.57       0.01       (0.03 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    0.10       0.56       0.01       (0.03 )
 
                               
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    10,595       10,609       10,622       10,705  
Diluted
    10,749       10,712       10,738       10,804  
 
                               
                                 
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
Fiscal 2008
                               
Net sales
  $ 32,130     $ 38,555     $ 20,326     $ 18,578  
Gross profit
    14,059       15,742       7,988       7,190  
 
                               
Net earnings
    3,766       4,082       1,208       729  
 
                               
Basic earnings per common share
    0.36       0.39       0.12       0.07  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.35       0.38       0.11       0.07  
 
                               
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    10,396       10,426       10,484       10,569  
Diluted
    10,677       10,640       10,663       10,736  
The above information is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations of the Company for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008. The sum of the quarterly earnings (loss) per common share data in the table above may not equal the results for the applicable fiscal year due to rounding and, where applicable, the impact of dilutive securities on the annual versus the quarterly earnings (loss) per common share calculations.

 

65


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures.
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures .
With the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer (the principal executive officer) and the Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (the principal financial officer) of R.G. Barry Corporation (the “Company”), the Company’s management has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this 2009 Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary have concluded that:
    Information required to be disclosed by the Company in this 2009 Form 10-K and the other reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act would be accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure;
    Information required to be disclosed by the Company in this 2009 Form 10-K and the other reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act would be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC; and
    The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this 2009 Form 10-K.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, for the Company. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepting accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:
    Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company and the consolidated subsidiaries of the Company, as appropriate; and
    Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

With the participation by the President and Chief Executive Officer (the principal executive officer) and the Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (the principal financial officer) of the Company, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 27, 2009, based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 27, 2009.
This 2009 Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this 2009 Form 10-K.
(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 27, 2009, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Directors, Executive Officers and Persons Nominated or Chosen to Become Directors or Executive Officers
The information required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K concerning the directors of the Company and the Board of Directors’ nominees for election as directors of the Company at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on October 29, 2009 (the “2009 Annual Meeting”) is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Item 1 on Proxy)” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2009 Annual Meeting (the “Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement”), which will be filed pursuant to SEC Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal 2009.
The information required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K concerning the Company’s executive officers is included in the portion of Part I of this 2009 Form 10-K entitled Supplemental Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant” and incorporated herein by reference.
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
The information required by Item 405 of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “SHARE OWNERSHIP — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.

 

67


Table of Contents

Procedures by which Shareholders may Recommend Nominees to the Board of Directors of R.G. Barry Corporation
Information concerning the procedures by which shareholders of the Company may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the captions “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Item 1 on Proxy) — Committees of the Board — Nominating and Governance Committee” and “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Item 1 on Proxy) — Nominating Procedures” in the Company’s 2009 Definitive Proxy Statement. These procedures have not materially changed from those described in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on October 29, 2008.
Audit Committee
The information required by Items 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Item 1 on Proxy) — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; Committee Charters; Board Mission & Corporate Governance Guidelines
The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covering the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (the principal executive officer) and Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer).
The Company will disclose the following events, if they occur, in a current report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC within the required four business days following their occurrence: (A) the date and nature of any amendment to a provision of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that (i) applies to the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, (ii) relates to any element of the “code of ethics” definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of SEC Regulation S-K, and (iii) is not a technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendment; and (B) a description of any waiver (including the nature of the waiver, the name of the person to whom the waiver was granted and the date of the waiver), including an implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics granted to the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions that relates to one or more of the items set forth in Item 406(b) of SEC Regulation S-K. In addition, the Company will disclose any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics granted to a director or an executive officer of the Company, if they occur, in a current report on Form 8-K within four business days following their occurrence.
The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted charters for each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committee as well as the Board Mission & Corporate Governance Guidelines.
The text of each of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Audit Committee charter, the Compensation Committee charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee charter and the Board Mission & Corporate Governance Guidelines is posted on the “Investor Information — Board of Directors” page of the Company’s web site located at www.rgbarry.com. Interested persons may also obtain a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Audit Committee charter, the Compensation Committee charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee charter and the Board Mission & Corporate Governance Guidelines without charge, by writing to the Company at its principal executive offices located at 13405 Yarmouth Road N.W., Pickerington, Ohio 43147, Attention: José G. Ibarra. In addition, a copy of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed as Exhibit 14.1 to this 2009 Form 10-K.

 

68


Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by Item 402 of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the captions “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS,” “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS” and “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
The information required by Item 407(e)(4) of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Item 1 on Proxy) — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
The information required by Item 407(e)(5) of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Ownership of Common Shares of R.G. Barry Corporation
The information required by Item 403 of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement, under the caption “SHARE OWNERSHIP.”
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The information required by Item 201(d) of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement, under the caption “EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION.”
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions
The information required by Item 404 of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
Director Independence
The information required by Item 407(a) of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure to be included in the Company’s Definitive 2009 Proxy Statement, under the captions “AUDIT COMMITTEE MATTERS — Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” and “AUDIT COMMITTEE MATTERS — Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

69


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1) The consolidated financial statements (and report thereon) listed below are included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” of this 2009 Form 10-K at the page(s) indicated:
(a)(2) The consolidated financial statement schedule:
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3) and (b) Exhibits:
The exhibits listed on the “Index to Exhibits” beginning on page E-1 of this 2009 Form 10-K are filed with this 2009 Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference as noted in the “Index to Exhibits”. The “Index to Exhibits” specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this 2009 Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Financial Statement Schedule:
None.

 

70


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
 
 
Date: September 08, 2009  By:   /s/ José G. Ibarra    
    José G. Ibarra,   
    Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
         
Name   Capacity   Date
 
       
/s/ Greg A. Tunney
 
Greg A. Tunney
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ José G. Ibarra
 
José G. Ibarra
  Senior Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Gordon Zacks *
 
Gordon Zacks
  Non-Executive Chairman of the Board and Director   September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Nicholas P. DiPaolo *
 
Nicholas P. DiPaolo
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ David P. Lauer *
 
David P. Lauer
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Roger E. Lautzenhiser *
 
Roger E. Lautzenhiser
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ David L. Nichols *
  Director   September 08, 2009
  David L. Nichols
       
 
       
/s/ Janice E. Page *
 
Janice E. Page
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Edward M. Stan *
 
Edward M. Stan
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Thomas M. Von Lehman *
 
Thomas M. Von Lehman
  Director    September 08, 2009
 
       
/s/ Harvey A. Weinberg *
 
Harvey A. Weinberg
  Director    September 08, 2009

 

71


Table of Contents

 
     
*   The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-identified directors of the Registrant pursuant to Powers of Attorney executed by the above-identified directors of the Registrant, which Powers of Attorney are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as exhibits.
         
By:   /s/ José G. Ibarra     Date: September 8, 2009 
  José G. Ibarra     
  Attorney-in-Fact     

 

72


Table of Contents

R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 27, 2009
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  3.1    
Articles of Incorporation of R.G. Barry Corporation (“Registrant”) (as filed with Ohio Secretary of State on March 26, 1984)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(i) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988 (File No. 0-12667) (“Registrant’s 1988 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  3.2    
Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (as filed with Ohio Secretary of State on June 3, 1987)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(i) to Registrant’s 1988 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  3.3    
Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant Authorizing the Series I Junior Participating Class B Preferred Shares (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on March 1, 1988)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(i) to Registrant’s 1988 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  3.4    
Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on May 9, 1988)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(i) to Registrant’s 1988 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  3.5    
Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on May 22, 1995)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s 1995 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  3.6    
Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on September 1, 1995)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(c) to Registrant’s 1995 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  3.7    
Certificate of Amendment by Shareholders to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on May 30, 1997)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(6) to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 6, 1997 (Registration No. 333-28671)

 

E-1


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  3.8    
Certificate of Amendment by Directors of Registrant to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant Authorizing Series I Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on March 10, 1998)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(7) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1998 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s 1997 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  3.9    
Certificate of Amendment by Directors to the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant Authorizing the Series II Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on May 1, 2009)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed May 4, 2009 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s May 4, 2009 Form 8-K”)
       
 
   
  3.10    
Articles of Incorporation of Registrant (reflecting all amendments filed with the Ohio Secretary of State) [for purposes of SEC reporting compliance only — not filed with the Ohio Secretary of State]
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  3.11    
Code of Regulations of Registrant
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s July 3, 2004 Form 10-Q”)
       
 
   
  4.1    
Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2009, between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Rights Agent, including the Form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s May 4, 2009 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.1    
R.G. Barry Corporation Associates’ Retirement Plan (amended and restated effective January 1, 1997)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s 2001 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.2    
Amendment No. 1 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Associates’ Retirement Plan (amended and restated effective January 1, 1997, and executed on December 31, 2001)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s 2002 Form 10-K”)

 

E-2


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.3    
Amendment No. 2 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Associates’ Retirement Plan (amended and restated effective January 1, 1997, and executed on December 31, 2001) for the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s 2002 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.4    
Amendment No. 3 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Associates’ Retirement Plan (effective as of March 31, 2004 and executed on February 20, 2004)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2004 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s January 2004 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.5    
Amendment No. 4 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Associates’ Retirement Plan (executed on September 16, 2005)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s December 2005 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.6    
R.G. Barry Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan (effective as of January 1, 1997)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s January 2000 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.7    
Amendment No. 1 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan Effective January 1, 1997 (effective as of May 12, 1998, executed May 15, 1998)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s January 2000 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.8    
Amendment No. 2 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan Effective January 1, 1997 (effective as of January 1, 2000, executed March 28, 2000)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s January 2000 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.9    
Amendment No. 3 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan Effective January 1, 1997 (effective as of March 31, 2004, executed February 20, 2004)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s January 2004 Form 10-K

 

E-3


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.10    
R.G Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Supplemental Retirement Plan (amended and restated on December 18, 2008, effective as of November 20, 2008)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 23, 2008 and filed December 24, 2008 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s December 24, 2008 Form 8-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.11    
Distribution Election Form (2008 Only) for Daniel D. Viren under the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Supplemental Retirement Plan
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  *10.12    
R.G. Barry Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plans Trust (effective as of September 1, 1995)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s July 3, 2004 Form 10-Q
       
 
   
  *10.13    
R.G. Barry Corporation Restoration Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 1997)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2008 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s 2008 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.14    
Amendment No. 2 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Restoration Plan (executed February 20, 2001, effective as of January 1, 2001)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s 2008 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.15    
Amendment No. 3 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Restoration Plan (executed February 20, 2004, effective as of March 31, 2004)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Registrant’s 2008 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.16    
R.G. Barry Corporation 2008 Restoration Plan (adopted December 18, 2008, effective as of December 31, 2008)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s December 24, 2008 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.17    
Distribution Election Form (2008 only) for Daniel D. Viren under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2008 Restoration Plan
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  *10.18    
Employment Agreement, effective July 1, 2001, between Registrant and Gordon Zacks
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s 2001 Form 10-K

 

E-4


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.19    
Confidential Separation Agreement, dated March 10, 2004, between Registrant and Gordon Zacks
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed March 11, 2004 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s March 11, 2004 Form 8-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.20    
Agreement, dated September 27, 1989, between Registrant and Gordon Zacks
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 28.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 11, 1989 and filed October 12, 1989 (File No. 0-12667)
       
 
   
  *10.21    
Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 12, 1994, to the Agreement between Registrant and Gordon Zacks, dated September 27, 1989
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5 to Amendment No. 14 to Schedule 13D, dated January 27, 1995, filed by Gordon Zacks on February 13, 1995
       
 
   
  *10.22    
Amended Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement, dated March 23, 1995, between Registrant and Gordon B. Zacks
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Registrant’s 1995 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.23    
R.G. Barry Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 28, 2003 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.24    
R.G. Barry Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (effective as of September 1, 1995)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to Registrant’s 1995 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.25    
Amendment No. 1 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (executed March 1, 1997, effective as of March 1, 1997)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant’s January 2000 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.26    
Amendment No. 2 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (executed March 28, 2000, effective as of December 1, 1999)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s 2001 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.27    
Amendment No. 3 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (executed October 31, 2001, effective as of December 1, 1999)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant’s 2002 Form 10-K

 

E-5


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.28    
Amendment No. 4 to the R.G. Barry Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (executed February 20, 2004, effective as of February 21, 2004)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant’s January 2004 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.29    
R.G. Barry Corporation 1997 Incentive Stock Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 18, 1999 (Registration No. 333-81105)
       
 
   
  *10.30    
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the grant of incentive stock options pursuant to the R.G. Barry Corporation 1997 Incentive Stock Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s December 2000 Form 10-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.31    
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the grant of non-qualified stock options pursuant to the R.G. Barry Corporation 1997 Incentive Stock Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant’s December 2000 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.32    
R.G. Barry Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 14, 2002 (Registration No. 333-90544)
       
 
   
  *10.33    
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of incentive stock options pursuant to the R.G. Barry Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Registrant’s 2002 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.34    
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options pursuant to the R. G. Barry Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Registrant’s 2002 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.35    
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, made to be effective as of December 30, 2008, between Registrant and Daniel D. Viren
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 27, 2008 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s December 27, 2008 Form 10-Q”)
       
 
   
  *10.36    
Agreement, made to be effective August 11, 2005, between Registrant and Florence Zacks Melton
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 2, 2005 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s July 2, 2005 Form 10-Q”)

 

E-6


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.37    
2007 R.G. Barry Management Bonus Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed August 8, 2006 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.38    
2008 R.G. Barry Management Bonus Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed August 28, 2007 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.39    
2009 R.G. Barry Management Bonus Plan
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 27, 2008 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.40    
Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into effective as of January 8, 2008 by Registrant with each of the following officers: Glenn D. Evans — Senior Vice President — Sourcing and Logistics; José G. Ibarra — Senior Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary; Lee F. Smith — Senior Vice President — Creative Services; Yvonne Kalucis — Senior Vice President — Human Resources; and Thomas JK Konecki — President of Private Brands
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s 2008 Form 10-K
       
 
   
  *10.41    
Change in Control Agreement entered into effective as of April 13, 2009 by Registrant with Greg Ackard — Senior Vice President of Sales
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  *10.42    
R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (amended and restated effective October 28, 2008)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s December 27, 2008 Form 10-Q
       
 
   
  *10.43    
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option Exercise Notice and Beneficiary Designation Form used to evidence grants of nonqualified stock options made to directors of Registrant under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s July 2, 2005 Form 10-Q

 

E-7


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.44    
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement used to evidence grants of restricted stock units made to directors of Registrant under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 22, 2006 and filed May 23, 2006 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s May 23, 2006 Form 8-K”)
       
 
   
  *10.45    
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement used to evidence grants of restricted stock units made to employees of Registrant under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s May 23, 2006 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.46    
Form of Amendment Notice and Consent Form Regarding Restricted Stock Units Awarded to Employees on May 17, 2006 under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 18, 2006 and filed August 21, 2006 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.47    
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees used to evidence grants of restricted stock units made on September 11, 2008 under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s December 27, 2008 Form 10-Q
       
 
   
  *10.48    
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, between Registrant and Greg A. Tunney (superseded by Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Greg A. Tunney, entered into on May 6, 2009 and effective as of May 1, 2009)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s December 27, 2008 Form 10-Q
       
 
   
  *10.49    
Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Greg A. Tunney, entered into on May 6, 2009 and effective as of May 1, 2009.
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed May 11, 2009 (File No. 01-08769)

 

E-8


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  *10.50    
Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for nonqualified stock options granted to Greg A. Tunney on February 7, 2006 under the R.G. Barry Corporation 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (now known as the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 9, 2006 and filed February 10, 2006 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.51    
R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan (effective as of October 28, 2008)
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s December 27, 2008 Form 10-Q
       
 
   
  *10.52    
R.G. Barry Corporation Deferral Plan (now known as R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan)—Directors’ Notice of Eligibility and Enrollment Form
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s May 23, 2006 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.53    
R.G. Barry Corporation Deferral Plan (now known as R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan)—Gordon Zacks’ Notice of Eligibility and Enrollment Form
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s May 23, 2006 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.54    
R.G. Barry Corporation Deferral Plan (now known as R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan)—Employees’ Notice of Eligibility and Enrollment Form
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s May 23, 2006 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  *10.55    
Employees’ Notice of Eligibility related to Deferral of Restricted Stock Units for Calendar Year 2009 under the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  *10.56    
R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan Participation Agreement Relating to Restricted Stock Units Granted in Calendar Year 2009
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  10.57    
Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into effective March 29, 2007, between Registrant and The Huntington National Bank
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 3, 2007 and filed April 4, 2007 (File No. 001-08769) (“Registrant’s April 4, 2007 Form 8-K”)

 

E-9


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
       
 
   
  10.58    
Revolving Credit Note dated March 29, 2007 given by Registrant to The Huntington National Bank
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s April 4, 2007 Form 8-K
       
 
   
  10.59    
First Modification of Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into effective April 16, 2007, between Registrant and The Huntington National Bank
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 17, 2007 and filed April 18, 2007 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  10.60    
Second Modification of Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into effective as of June 26, 2009, between Registrant and The Huntington National Bank
  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed July 22, 2009 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  *10.61    
Summary of Pamela Gentile Confidential Negotiated Severance Agreement, General Release and Covenant Not To Sue entered into on January 8, 2009 by Registrant and Pamela A. Gentile
  Incorporated herein by reference to the discussion under “Item 5.02-Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers” of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed January 14, 2009 (File No. 001-08769)
       
 
   
  14.1    
R.G. Barry Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of Registrant
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  23.1    
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  24.1    
Powers of Attorney Executed by Directors and Executive Officers of Registrant
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  31.1    
Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications (Principal Executive Officer)
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  31.2    
Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications (Principal Financial Officer)
  Filed herewith
       
 
   
  32.1    
Section 1350 Certifications (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)
  Filed herewith
 
     
*   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

E-10

EX-3.10 2 c89915exv3w10.htm EXHIBIT 3.10 Exhibit 3.10
Exhibit 3.10
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
R. G. BARRY CORPORATION
(reflecting all amendments
filed with the Ohio Secretary of State)
[For purposes of SEC
reporting compliance only — not filed
with the Ohio Secretary of State]
FIRST: The name of the corporation is R. G. Barry Corporation (the “Corporation”).
SECOND: The place in Ohio where the principal office of the Corporation is to be located is the City of Pickerington, County of Fairfield.
THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under the General Corporation Law of Ohio as set forth in Sections 1701.01 to 1701.98 inclusive of the Ohio Revised Code (the “OGCL”).
FOURTH: I. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 27,500,000 shares of which 22,500,000, par value $1.00 per share, shall be of a class designated “Common Shares”, 4,000,000, par value $1.00 per share, shall be of a class designated “Class A Preferred Shares” and 1,000,000, par value $1.00 per share, shall be of a class designated “Class B Preferred Shares”. The Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Preferred Shares”.
II. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to provide for the issuance from time to time in one or more series of any number of authorized and unissued shares of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Article FOURTH, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, relative rights, preferences, qualifications and limitations of the shares of each such series. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
A. The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;
B. The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and whether they shall be payable in preference to, or in another relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of shares;
C. Whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
D. Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

 

 


 

E. Whether that series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amounts of such sinking fund;
F. The right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or of any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of any outstanding shares of the Corporation;
G. The right of the shares of that series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and whether such rights shall be in preference to, or in another relation to, the comparable rights of any other class or classes or series of shares; and
H. Any other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.
III. Subject to the provisions of any applicable law, the holders of outstanding Class A Preferred Shares and the holders of outstanding Class B Preferred Shares shall possess voting power for the election of directors and for all other purposes, each holder of record of Class A Preferred Shares being entitled to one-tenth of one vote for each Class A Preferred Share standing in his name on the books of the Corporation and each holder of record of Class B Preferred Shares being entitled to ten votes for each Class B Preferred Share standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.
IV. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Article FOURTH, to provide for the issuance from time to time of any number of authorized and unissued Common Shares, and shall determine the terms under which and the consideration for which the Corporation shall issue its Common Shares.
A. Subject to the provisions of any applicable law, each holder of record of Common Shares shall be entitled to one vote for each Common Share standing in his name on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and for all other purposes.
B. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Shares, after payment shall have been made to the holders of Preferred Shares of the full amount of dividends to which they shall be entitled pursuant to the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Shares, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of Preferred Shares of any and all series, to receive such dividends as from time to time may be declared by the Board of Directors.
C. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Shares, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment shall have been made to the holders of Preferred Shares of the full amount to which they shall be entitled pursuant to the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Shares, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of Preferred Shares of any and all series, to share, ratably according to the number of Common Shares held by them, in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders.

 

 


 

V. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all the then outstanding shares of any class of Capital Stock (as defined in Article SEVENTH), voting together as a single class, without regard to series, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, given at an annual meeting or at any special meeting duly called, shall be required to adopt any proposal which (A) increases or decreases the par value of the issued shares of the particular class of Capital Stock; (B) changes into a lesser number of shares of the same class of Capital Stock or into the same or a different number of shares of any other class of Capital Stock, with or without par value, theretofore or then authorized shares of the particular class of Capital Stock; (C) changes the express terms of, or adds express terms to, the shares of the particular class of Capital Stock in any manner substantially prejudicial to the holders thereof; (D) changes the express terms of issued shares of any class of Capital Stock senior to the particular class of Capital Stock in any manner substantially prejudicial to the holders of shares of the particular class of Capital Stock; (E) authorizes shares of another class of Capital Stock which are convertible into, or authorizes the conversion of shares of another class of Capital Stock into, shares of the particular class of Capital Stock, or authorizes the directors to fix or alter conversion rights of shares of another class of Capital Stock which are convertible into shares of the particular class of Capital Stock.
VI. No holder of any shares of the Corporation of any class or series or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of the Corporation of any class or series or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued shares of the Corporation of any class or series or any additional shares of the Corporation, of any class or series, to be issued by reason of any increase in the authorized shares of the Corporation of any class or series, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Corporation of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase shares of the Corporation of any class or series, but any such unissued shares, additional authorized issue of shares of any class or series or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, or carrying any right to purchase shares, may be issued and disposed of pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors to such holders or to any other persons, firms, corporations or associations, and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.
VII. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to cause the Corporation from time to time and at any time to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with (A) shares of any class or series issued by it; (B) any security or other obligation of the Corporation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to convert the same into shares of any class or series authorized by these Articles of Incorporation; and (C) any security or other obligation of the Corporation; which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to purchase shares of any class or series authorized by these Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, if and when any shareholder desires to sell, or on the happening of any event is required to sell, shares of any class or series issued by the Corporation. The authority granted in this Paragraph VII shall not limit the plenary authority of the Board of Directors to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with shares of any class or series, securities, or other obligations issued by the Corporation or authorized by these Articles of Incorporation.
VIII.
A. Designation of Series. The series shall be designated “Series I Junior Participating Class B Preferred Shares,” par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter called Series I Class B Preferred Shares”).
B. Number of Shares. The authorized number of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares is 1,000,000, which number the Board of Directors may increase or decrease to the extent appropriate in connection with the Rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Company [Corporation] and The Huntington National Bank, as Rights Agent, dated as of February 29, 1988; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of Series I Class B Preferred Shares to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company.

 

 


 

C. Dividend Payment Dates. The dates on which dividends on shares of the Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall be payable are the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December of each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series I Class B Preferred Shares.
D. Dividend Rate. The dividend rate for the Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall be, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 10 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise)), declared on the Common Shares, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series I Class B Preferred Shares. In the event the Company shall at any time after February 29, 1988 (the “Rights Declaration Date”) (i) declare or pay any dividend on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case, the amount to which holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares were entitled immediately prior to such event under this paragraph shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any preferred shares ranking prior and superior to the Series I Class B Preferred Shares with respect to dividends, the Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series I Class B Preferred Shares as provided in the immediately preceding subparagraph after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Shares during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $.05 per share on the Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
E. Cumulative Dates. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 45 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
F. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall have the voting rights set forth in Article FOURTH of the Articles of Incorporation and as may otherwise be required by law.

 

 


 

G. Reacquired Shares. Any Series I Class B Preferred Shares purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued Class B Preferred Shares and may be reissued as part of a new series of Class B Preferred Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
H. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(1) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series I Class B Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “Series I Class B Liquidation Preference”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series I Class B Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of Common Shares shall have received an amount per share (the “Common Adjustment”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series I Class B Liquidation Preference by (ii) l0 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph 3 below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Shares) (such number in clause (ii), the “Adjustment Number”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series I Class B Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares and Common Shares, respectively, holders of the Series I Class B Preferred Shares and holders of Common Shares shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to l with respect to such Series I Class B Preferred Shares and Common Shares, on a per share basis, respectively.
(2) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series I Class B Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series I Class B Preferred Shares, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Shares.
(3) In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

 


 

I. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 10 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each Common Share is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
J. No Redemption. The Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall not be redeemable.
K. Ranking. The Series I Class B Preferred Shares shall rank junior to all other series of the Company’s Class A or Class B Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.
L. Amendment. So long as any Series I Class B Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series I Class B Preferred Shares so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series I Class B Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class.
M. Fractional Shares. Series I Class B Preferred Shares may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series I Class B Preferred Shares.
IX.
A. Designation of Series. The series shall be designated “Series I Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares,” par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter called “Series I Class A Preferred Shares”).
B. Number of Shares. The authorized number of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares is 225,000, which number the Board of Directors may increase or decrease to the extent appropriate in connection with the Rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, dated as of February 19, 1998; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of Series I Class A Preferred Shares to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company.
C. Dividend Payment Dates. The dates on which dividends on shares of the Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall be payable are the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December of each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series I Class A Preferred Shares.

 

 


 

D. Dividend Rate. The dividend rate for the Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall be, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise)), declared on the Common Shares, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series I Class A Preferred Shares. In the event the Company shall at any time after February 19, 1998 (the “Rights Dividend Declaration Date”) (i) declare or pay any dividend on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smallest number of shares, then in each such case, the amount to which holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares were entitled immediately prior to such event under this Paragraph shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any preferred shares ranking prior and superior to the Series I Class A Preferred Shares with respect to dividends, the Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series I Class A Preferred Shares as provided in the immediately preceding subparagraph after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Shares during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $0.50 per share on the Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
E. Cumulative Dates. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 45 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
F. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall have the voting rights set forth in Article FOURTH of the Articles of Incorporation and as may otherwise be required by law.
G. Reacquired Shares. Any Series I Class A Preferred Shares purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued Class A Preferred Shares and may be reissued as part of a new series of Class A Preferred Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

 

 


 

H. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(1) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series I Class A Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “Series I Class A Liquidation Preference”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series I Class A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of Common Shares shall have received an amount per share (the “Common Adjustment”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series I Class A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph 3 below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Shares) (such number in clause (ii), the “Adjustment Number”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series I Class A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares, respectively, holders of Series I Class A Preferred Shares and holders of Common Shares shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Series I Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares, on a per share basis, respectively.
(2) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series I Class A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series I Class A Preferred Shares, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Shares.
(3) In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
I. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each Common Share is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
J. No Redemption. The Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall not be redeemable.
K. Ranking. The Series I Class A Preferred Shares shall rank junior to all other series of the Company’s Class A or Class B Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

 

 


 

L. Amendment. So long as any Series I Class A Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series I Class A Preferred Shares so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series I Class A Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class.
M. Fractional Shares. Series I Class A Preferred Shares may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series I Class A Preferred Shares.
X. Series II Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares.
A. Designation of Series. The series shall be designated “Series II Junior Participating Class A Preferred Shares,” par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter called “Series II Class A Preferred Shares”).
B. Number of Shares. The authorized number of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares is 225,000, which number the Board of Directors may increase or decrease to the extent appropriate in connection with the terms under which such Series II Class A Preferred Shares (or options or rights related thereto) are issued; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of Series II Class A Preferred Shares to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company.
C. Dividend Payment Dates. The dates on which dividends on shares of the Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall be payable are the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December of each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series II Class A Preferred Shares.
D. Dividend Rate. The dividend rate for the Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall be, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, one hundred (100) times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise)), declared on the Common Shares, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series II Class A Preferred Shares. In the event the Company shall at any time after May 1, 2009 (i) declare or pay any dividend on its Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case, the amount to which holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares were entitled immediately prior to such event under this Paragraph shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any preferred shares ranking prior and superior to the Series II Class A Preferred Shares with respect to dividends, the Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series II Class A Preferred Shares as provided in the immediately preceding subparagraph after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend payable in Common Shares); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Shares during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $0.50 per share on the Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

 

 


 

E. Cumulative Dates. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such Series II Class A Preferred Shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the Series II Class A Preferred Shares in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 45 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
F. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall have the voting rights set forth in Article FOURTH of the Articles of Incorporation and as may otherwise be required by law.
G. Reacquired Shares. Any Series II Class A Preferred Shares purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued Class A Preferred Shares and may be reissued as part of a new series of Class A Preferred Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
H. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(1) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series II Class A Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “Series II Class A Liquidation Preference”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series II Class A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares unless, prior thereto, the holders of (Common Shares shall have received an amount per share (the “Common Adjustment”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series II Class A Liquidation Preference by (ii) one hundred (100) (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph 3 below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Shares) (such number in clause (ii), the “Adjustment Number”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series II Class A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares, respectively, holders of Series II Class A Preferred Shares and holders of Common Shares shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Series II Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares, on a per share basis, respectively.

 

 


 

(2) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series II Class A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series II Class A Preferred Shares, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Shares.
(3) In the event the Company shall at any time after May 1, 2009 (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
I. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to one hundred (100) times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each Common Share is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after May 1, 2009 (i) declare any dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
J. No Redemption. The Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall not be redeemable.
K. Ranking. The Series II Class A Preferred Shares shall rank junior to all other series of the Company’s Class A or Class B Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.
L. Amendment. So long as any Series II Class A Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series II Class A Preferred Shares so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series II Class A Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class.
M. Fractional Shares. Series II Class A Preferred Shares may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series II Class A Preferred Shares.
FIFTH: The amount of stated capital with which the Corporation shall begin business is $500.
SIXTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors consisting of not less than nine nor more than twelve directors, the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. The election of each class of directors shall be a separate election. The total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be apportioned among the classes, as nearly equal as possible. Each class shall consist of at least three directors.

 

 


 

At the 1984 annual meeting of shareholders, Class I directors shall be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders beginning in 1985, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class at no less than three, as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his term expires and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor.
All the directors or all the directors of a particular class, or any individual director, may be removed from office only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Article SEVENTH), voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, at an annual meeting or at any special meeting duly called; provided that unless all the directors, or all the directors of a particular class, are removed, no individual director shall be removed if the votes of a sufficient number of shares are cast against his removal which, if cumulatively voted at an election of all the directors of a particular class, would be sufficient to elect at least one director. In case of any such removal, a new director may be elected at the same meeting for the unexpired term of each director removed. Failure to elect a director to fill the unexpired term of any director removed shall be deemed to create a vacancy in the Board of Directors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Capital Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of these Articles of Incorporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article SIXTH unless expressly provided by such terms.
Nomination for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders by any shareholder of the Corporation shall be made by notice in writing delivered or mailed by first class United States mail postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation, and received by him not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 35 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall have been mailed or delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notice shall set forth as to each proposed nominee who is not an incumbent director (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, the residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice; (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee; (iii) the number of shares of Capital Stock that are beneficially owned by each such nominee and by the nominating shareholder; and (iv) any other information concerning the nominee that must be disclosed of nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Rule 14(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), (or any subsequent provisions replacing the Exchange Act), and such notice shall be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director.

 

 


 

The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, given at an annual meeting or at any special meeting duly called, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH; provided that this Paragraph shall not apply to, and such 80 percent vote shall not be required for, any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption unanimously recommended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation if all of such directors are persons who would be eligible to serve as Continuing Directors within the meaning of Paragraph III of Article SEVENTH.
SEVENTH: I. A. Notwithstanding any affirmative vote required by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation or otherwise, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Paragraph II of this Article SEVENTH:
(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) or (b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is or after such merger or consolidation would be an Affiliate or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Shareholder; or
(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) with any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder involving any assets or securities of the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder which constitutes more than 20 percent of the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined), as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors, of the total consolidated assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ended prior to the determination being made; or
(iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or
(iv) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse share split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or

 

 


 

(v) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any one or more of the actions specified in Clauses (i) to (iv) of this Subparagraph (A), shall require the affirmative vote of at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, at an annual meeting or at any special meeting duly called.
B. The term “Business Combination” as used in this Article SEVENTH shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of Clauses (i) through (v) of Subparagraph (A) of Paragraph I.
C. As used in this Paragraph I of this Article SEVENTH, a “series of transactions” shall be deemed to include not only a series of transactions with the same Interested Shareholder but also a series of separate transactions with an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder.
II. The provisions of Paragraph I of this Article SEVENTH shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is required by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or Article NINTH or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation, if all of the conditions specified in either of the following Subparagraphs (A) or (B) are met:
A. The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority (whether such approval is made prior to or subsequent to the acquisition of beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock which caused the Interested Shareholder to become an Interested Shareholder) of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).
B. All of the following conditions shall have been met:
(i) The aggregate amount of (x) cash and (y) the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Shares in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the highest amount determined under Subclauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) below:
a. (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder for any Common Share or any share (a “Delaware Share”) of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of R. G. Barry Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“RGB Delaware”), in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Shareholder of beneficial ownership of such share (l) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the “Announcement Date”) or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher;
b. the Fair Market Value per Common Share, or Delaware Share, as the case may be, on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (such latter date is referred to in this Article SEVENTH as the “Determination Date”), whichever is higher;

 

 


 

c. (if applicable) the price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per Common Share or Delaware Share determined pursuant to Subclause (B)(i)(b) of this Paragraph II, multiplied by the ratio of (l) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder for any Common Share or Delaware Share in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Shareholder of beneficial ownership of Common Shares or Delaware Shares within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date to (2) the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the first day in such two-year period on which the Interested Shareholder acquired beneficial ownership of either any Common Share or any Delaware Share;
d. the per share book value of the Common Shares, or Delaware Shares, as the case may be, as reported at the end of the fiscal quarter immediately prior to the Announcement Date; and
e. the earnings per Common Share or Delaware Share for the four full consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding the record date for solicitation of votes on such Business Combination, multiplied by the then price/earnings multiple (if any) of such Interested Shareholder as customarily computed and reported in the financial community;
(ii) The aggregate amount of (x) cash and (y) the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, any series, of outstanding Preferred Shares, shall be at least equal to the highest amount determined under Subclauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) below:
a. (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder for any share of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Shareholder of beneficial ownership of such share (l) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher;
b. the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares would be entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, regardless of whether the Business Combination to be consummated constitutes such an event;
c. the Fair Market Value per share of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; and
d. (if applicable) the price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per share of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares determined pursuant to Subclause (B)(ii)(c) of this Paragraph II, multiplied by the ratio of (l) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder for any share of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares in connection with the acquisition by the Interested Shareholder of beneficial ownership of shares of such class or series of Preferred Shares within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date to (2) the Fair Market Value per share of shares of such class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, such series, of Preferred Shares on the first day in such two-year period on which the Interested Shareholder acquired beneficial ownership of any share of such class or series of Preferred Shares;

 

 


 

The provisions of this Clause (B)(ii) shall be required to be met with respect to every class or, if there be more than one series in a class, then, every series, of outstanding Preferred Shares, whether or not the Interested Shareholder has previously acquired beneficial ownership of any shares of a particular class or series of Preferred Shares;
(iii) The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class or series of outstanding Capital Stock shall be in cash or in the same form as previously has been paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder in connection with its direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock. If the consideration so paid for shares of any class or series of Capital Stock varied as to form, the form of consideration for such class or series of Capital Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire beneficial ownership of the largest number of shares of such class or series of Capital Stock previously acquired by the Interested Shareholder;
(iv) After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: (a) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on the outstanding Preferred Shares; (b) there shall have been (l) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Shares (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Shares), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (2) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse share split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding Common Shares, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) such Interested Shareholder shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Capital Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder and except in a transaction which, after giving effect thereto, would not result in any increase in the Interested Shareholder’s percentage beneficial ownership of any class of Capital Stock;
(v) After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder, such Interested Shareholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise;
(vi) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Exchange Act (or any subsequent provisions replacing the Exchange Act), shall be mailed to all shareholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the Exchange Act or subsequent provisions). The proxy statement shall contain on the first page thereof, in a prominent place, any recommendation as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business Combination which the Continuing Directors, or any of them, may choose to state and, if deemed advisable by a majority of the Continuing Directors, the opinion of an investment banking firm selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors as to the fairness (or not) of the terms of the Business Combination, from the point of view of the holders of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock other than the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates and Associates (such investment banking firm to be paid a reasonable fee for its services by the Corporation); and

 

 


 

(vii) Such Interested Shareholder shall not have made any major change in the Corporation’s business or equity capital structure without the approval of the majority of the Continuing Directors.
III. For purposes of this Article SEVENTH:
A. The term “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity and shall include any group comprised of any person and any other person with whom such person or any Affiliate or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of such person has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock of the Corporation.
B. The term “Interested Shareholder” shall mean any person (other than (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) any profit-sharing, employee share ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity, or (iii) persons who, immediately after the adoption of these Articles of Incorporation, are Affiliates of RGB Delaware, and the respective successors, executors, administrators, legal representatives, heirs and legal assigns (provided that any such assign is such an Affiliate immediately prior to assignment, transfer or other disposition to such assign) of such persons) who or which:
(i) is the beneficial owner (as hereinafter defined) of more than 10 percent of the Voting Stock; or
(ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of the Voting Stock.
C. A person shall be a “beneficial owner” of any Capital Stock:
(i) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
(ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Capital Stock.
D. For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to Subparagraph (B) of this Paragraph III, the number of shares of Capital Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed beneficially owned through application of Subparagraph (C) of this Paragraph III but shall not include any other shares of Capital Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

 


 

E. The terms “Affiliate” or “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule l2b-2 of the Exchange Act as in effect on March l, 1984.
F. The term “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Shareholder set forth in Subparagraph (B) of this Paragraph III, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
G. The term “Continuing Director” means any member of the Board of Directors, while such person is a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, who is not an Affiliate or Associate or representative of the Interested Shareholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director, while such successor is a member of the Board, who is not an Affiliate or Associate or representative of the Interested Shareholder and is recommended or elected to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors.
H. The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all capital stock of this Corporation authorized to be issued from time to time under Article FOURTH of these Articles of Incorporation, and the term “Voting Stock” shall mean all Capital Stock which by its terms may be voted on all matters submitted to shareholders of this Corporation generally.
I. The term “Fair Market Value” means (i) in the case of shares, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Act on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any successor system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined in good faith by a majority of the Continuing Directors.
J. In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase “consideration other than cash to be received” as used in Clauses (B)(i) and (ii) of Paragraph II of this Article SEVENTH shall include Common Shares and/or the shares of any other class of Preferred Shares retained by the holders of such shares.
IV. The Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (A) whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, (B) the number of shares of Capital Stock or other securities beneficially owned by any person, and (C) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.
V. Nothing contained in this Article SEVENTH shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

 

 


 

VI. The fact that any Business Combination complies with the provisions of Paragraph II of this Article SEVENTH shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business Combination or recommend its adoption or approval to the shareholders of the Corporation, nor shall such compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, with respect to evaluations of or actions and responses taken with respect to such Business Combination.
VII. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, at an annual meeting or any special meeting duly called, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article SEVENTH; provided that this Paragraph VII shall not apply to, and such 80 percent vote shall not be required for, any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption unanimously recommended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation if all of such directors are persons who would be eligible to serve as Continuing Directors within the meaning of Paragraph III of this Article SEVENTH.
EIGHTH: I. Mandatory Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify any officer or director of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action threatened or instituted by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, filing fees, court reporters’ fees and transcript costs), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A person claiming indemnification under this Paragraph I shall be presumed, in respect of any act or omission giving rise to such claim for indemnification, to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal matter, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, and the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, rebut such presumption.
II. Court-Approved Indemnification. Anything contained in these Articles, the Regulations of the Corporation or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding:
(A) the Corporation shall not indemnify any officer or director of the Corporation who was a party to any completed action or suit instituted by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in respect of any claim, issue or matter asserted in such action or suit as to which he shall have been adjudged to be liable for acting with reckless disregard for the best interests of the corporation or misconduct (other than negligence) in the performance of his duty to the Corporation or such other entity unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite such adjudication of liability, and in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnity as such Court of Common Pleas or such other court shall deem proper; and
(B) the Corporation shall promptly make any such unpaid indemnification as is determined by a court to be proper as contemplated by this Paragraph II.

 

 


 

III. Indemnification for Expenses. Anything contained in these Articles, the Regulations of the Corporation or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that an officer or director of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be promptly indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, filing fees, court reporters’ fees and transcript costs) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
IV. Determination Period. Any indemnification required under Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH and not precluded under Paragraph II of this Article EIGHTH shall be made by the Corporation only upon a determination that such indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH. Such determination may be made only (A) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not and are not parties to, or threatened with, any such action, suit or proceeding, or (B) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal counsel other than an attorney, or a firm having associated with it an attorney, who has been retained by or who has performed services for the Corporation, or any person to be indemnified, within the past five years, or (C) by the shareholders, or (D) by the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio or (if the Corporation is a party thereto) the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought, if any; any such determination may be made by a court under division (D) of this Paragraph IV at any time [including, without limitation, any time before, during or after the time when any such determination may be requested of, be under consideration by or have been denied or disregarded by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) or by the shareholders under division (C) of this Paragraph IV]; and no failure for any reason to make such determination, and no decision for any reason to deny any such determination, by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) or by the shareholders under division (C) of this Paragraph IV shall be evidence in rebuttal of the presumption recited in Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH. Any determination made by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) of this Paragraph IV to make indemnification in respect of any claim, issue or matter asserted in an action or suit threatened or brought by or in the right of the Corporation shall be promptly communicated to the person who threatened or brought such action or suit, and within ten (10) days after receipt of such notification such person shall have the right to petition the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought, if any, to review the reasonableness of such determination.
V. Advances for Expenses. Expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, filing fees, court reporters’ fees and transcript costs) incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding to or on behalf of the officer or director promptly as such expenses are incurred by him, but only if such officer or director shall first agree, in writing, to repay all amounts so paid in respect of any claim, issue or other matter asserted in such action, suit or proceeding in defense of which he shall not have been successful on the merits or otherwise:
(A) if it shall ultimately be determined as provided in Paragraph IV of this Article EIGHTH that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as provided under Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH; or
(B) if, in respect of any claim, issue or other matter asserted by or in the right of the Corporation in such action or suit, he shall have been adjudged to be liable for acting with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Corporation or misconduct (other than negligence) in the performance of his duty to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite such adjudication of liability, and in view of all the circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to all or part of such indemnification.

 

 


 

VI. Article EIGHTH Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Article EIGHTH shall not be exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Articles or the Regulations or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an officer or director of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.
VII. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection, including, but not limited to, trust funds, letters of credit, or self-insurance, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the obligation or the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article EIGHTH. Insurance may be purchased from or maintained with a person in which the Corporation has a financial interest.
VIII. Indemnity Agreements. The Corporation may from time to time enter into indemnity agreements with the persons who are members of its Board of Directors and with such officers or other persons as the Board may designate, such indemnity agreements to provide in substance that the Corporation will indemnify such person to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article EIGHTH and/or to the fullest extent permitted under Ohio law.
IX. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, under procedures authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article EIGHTH.
X. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, and as examples and not by way of limitation:
(A) A person claiming indemnification under this Article EIGHTH shall be deemed to have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Paragraph I of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or other matter therein, if such action, suit or proceeding shall be terminated as to such person, with or without prejudice, without the entry of a judgment or order against him, without a conviction of him, without the imposition of a fine upon him and without his payment or agreement to pay any amount in settlement thereof (whether or not any such termination is based upon a judicial or other determination of the lack of merit of the claims made against him or otherwise results in a vindication of him); and
(B) References to an “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to a “fine” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” within the meaning of that phrase as used in this Article EIGHTH.

 

 


 

XI. Venue. Any action, suit or proceeding to determine a claim for indemnification under this Article EIGHTH may be maintained by the person claiming such indemnification, or by the Corporation in the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio. The Corporation and (by claiming such indemnification) each such person consent to the exercise of jurisdiction over its or his person by the Court of Common Pleas of Fairfield County, Ohio in any such action, suit or proceeding.
NINTH: Except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation, including without limitation Article SEVENTH hereof, the shareholders of the Corporation, at a meeting held for such purpose or purposes, may by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, at an annual meeting or any special meeting duly called, (i) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation; (ii) authorize the lease, sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or (iii) adopt a resolution providing for the dissolution of the Corporation.
TENTH: Except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation, including without limitation Article SIXTH and Article SEVENTH hereof, the shareholders of the Corporation, at a meeting held for such purpose, may by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote in respect thereof, at an annual meeting or any special meeting duly called, alter or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation.
ELEVENTH: Shareholders shall not have the right to vote cumulatively in the election of directors.

 

 

EX-10.11 3 c89915exv10w11.htm EXHIBIT 10.11 Exhibit 10.11
Exhibit 10.11
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
2005 SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
DISTRIBUTION ELECTION FORM (2008 ONLY)
Daniel D. Viren (the “Participant”) participates in the R.G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
By signing below, the Participant elects, pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Plan, to have the vested portion of his or her benefit under the Plan distributed in a lump-sum on August 28, 2009, which shall extinguish the obligations of R.G. Barry Corporation (the “Company”) and its affiliates under the Plan.
Please note: To be effective, this Distribution Election Form must be signed and returned to the Company no later than December 31, 2008. The election made in this Distribution Election Form may not change the time and/or form of any payment that would otherwise be payable in calendar year 2008 and may not otherwise cause a payment to be made under the Plan in calendar year 2008. This Distribution Election Form may not be used after December 31, 2008.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
By signing below, the Participant acknowledges that:
   
The Participant has knowingly and voluntarily decided to participate in the Plan and be bound by the conditions thereunder and the terms and conditions of this Distribution Election Form;
   
The Participant hereby elects to have the vested portion of his or her Account paid in a lump-sum on August 28, 2009; and
   
The Participant understands that the election made in this Distribution Election Form is irrevocable and that any payment received pursuant to the election made in this Distribution Election Form shall extinguish any obligation of the Company or any of its affiliates to him under the Plan.
         
  PARTICIPANT
 
 
  /s/ Daniel D. Viren    
  Daniel D. Viren

December 22, 2008 
 
         
ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:  
 
       
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Its:
       
 
       
 
       
Date:
                                          , 2008    

 

 

EX-10.17 4 c89915exv10w17.htm EXHIBIT 10.17 Exhibit 10.17
Exhibit 10.17
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
2008 RESTORATION PLAN
DISTRIBUTION ELECTION FORM (2008 ONLY)
Daniel D. Viren (the “Participant”) participates in the R.G. Barry 2008 Corporation Restoration Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
By signing below, the Participant elects, pursuant to Section 4.3(a) of the Plan, to have the vested portion of his or her benefit under the Plan distributed in a lump-sum on August 28, 2009, which shall extinguish the obligations of R.G. Barry Corporation (the “Company”) and its affiliates under the Plan.
Please note: To be effective, this Distribution Election Form must be signed and returned to the Company no later than December 31, 2008. The election made in this Distribution Election Form may not change the time and/or form of any payment that would otherwise be payable in calendar year 2008 and may not otherwise cause a payment to be made under the Plan in calendar year 2008. This Distribution Election Form may not be used after December 31, 2008.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
By signing below, the Participant acknowledges that:
   
The Participant has knowingly and voluntarily decided to participate in the Plan and be bound by the conditions thereunder and the terms and conditions of this Distribution Election Form;
   
The Participant hereby elects to have the vested portion of his or her Account paid in a lump-sum on August 28, 2009; and
   
The Participant understands that the election made in this Distribution Election Form is irrevocable and that any payment received pursuant to the election made in this Distribution Election Form shall extinguish any obligation of the Company or any of its affiliates to him or her under the Plan.
         
  PARTICIPANT
 
 
  /s/ Daniel D. Viren    
  Daniel D. Viren

December 22, 2008 
 
         
ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:  
 
       
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Its:
       
 
       
 
       
Date:
                                          , 2008    

 

 

EX-10.41 5 c89915exv10w41.htm EXHIBIT 10.41 Exhibit 10.41
Exhibit 10.41
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
R. G. BARRY CORPORATION
AND
Greg Ackard
THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made to be effective as of April 13, 2009 by and between Greg Ackard (the “Executive”) and R. G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”).
BACKGROUND
In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Corporation, the Corporation wishes to provide the Executive with certain severance benefits in the event his employment with the Corporation terminates subsequent to a Change in Control of the Corporation under the circumstances described herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement:
(i) Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) any “person” (as that term is used in §13(d) and §14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) on the date hereof, including any “group” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act on the date hereof (an “Acquiring Person”)), shall hereafter acquire (or disclose the previous acquisition of) beneficial ownership (as that term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder on the date hereof) of shares of the outstanding stock of any class or classes of the Corporation which results in such person or group possessing more than 50.1% of the total voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (a “Control Acquisition”); or (B) as the result of, or in connection with, any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions (a “Transaction”), the persons who were directors of the Corporation immediately before the completion of the Transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any successor to the Corporation.
(ii) Disability. The Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for “Disability” if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he shall have been absent from his duties with the Corporation on a full-time basis for the entire period of four consecutive months, and within 30 days after written notice of termination is given (which may occur before or after the end of such four-month period) he shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties.

 

 


 

(iii) Effective Period. The “Effective Period” means the 36-month period following any Change in Control (even if such 36-month period shall extend beyond the term of this Agreement or any extension hereof).
(iv) Termination for Cause. The Corporation shall have “Cause” to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder upon (A) the willful and continued refusal by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Corporation (other than any such refusal resulting from his incapacity due to a Disability), (B) failure of the Executive to comply with any applicable law or regulation affecting the Corporation’s business, (C) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon or an act evidencing bad faith or dishonesty toward the Corporation, (D) conviction of the Executive of any felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (E) the misappropriation by the Executive of any funds, property, or rights of the Corporation, or (F) the Executive’s breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(v) Termination For Good Reason. “Good Reason” shall mean, unless the Executive shall have consented in writing thereto, termination by the Executive of his employment because of any of the following:
(A) a reduction in the Executive’s title, duties, responsibilities or status, as compared to such title, duties, responsibilities or status immediately prior to the Change in Control or as the same may be increased after the Change in Control;
(B) the assignment to the Executive of duties inconsistent with the Executive’s office on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased after the Change in Control;
(C) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as the same may be increased after the Change in Control or a reduction by the Corporation after a Change in Control in the Executive’s total compensation (including bonus) so that the Executive’s total cash compensation in a given calendar year is less than 90% of the Executive’s total compensation for the prior calendar year;
(D) a requirement that the Executive relocate anywhere not mutually acceptable to the Executive and the Corporation or the imposition on the Executive of business travel obligations substantially greater than his business travel obligations during the year prior to the Change in Control;
(E) the relocation of the Corporation’s principal executive offices to a location outside the greater Columbus, Ohio area;
(F) the failure by the Corporation to continue in effect any material fringe benefit or compensation plan, retirement plan, life insurance plan, health and accident plan or disability plan in which the Executive is participating at the time of a Change in Control (or plans providing the Executive with substantially similar benefits), the taking of any action by the Corporation which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce his benefits under any of such plans or deprive him of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by him at the time of the Change in Control, or the failure by the Corporation to provide him with the number of paid vacation days to which he is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Corporation in accordance with the normal vacation policy in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; or
(G) any breach of this Agreement on the part of the Corporation.

 

 


 

(vi) Notice of Termination. A “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment.
(vii) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean the date on which the Executive’s employment terminates. For purposes of this Agreement, with regard to the Executive’s employment, the term “termination” or any form thereof (whether or not capitalized) shall mean a “separation from service” with the Corporation and all persons with whom the Corporation would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as mended (the “Code”), within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h).
2. TERM. Unless sooner terminated as herein provided, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue through April 13, 2012 (the “Termination Date”). It is understood that no amounts or benefits shall be payable under this Agreement unless (i) there shall have been a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement and (ii) the Executive’s employment is terminated at any time during the Effective Period as provided in Section 5 hereof. It is further understood that the Corporation may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time before or after a Change in Control, subject to the Corporation providing, if required to do so in accordance with the terms hereof, the severance payments and benefits hereinafter specified, which payments and benefits shall only be available if a Change in Control has occurred prior to such termination. Prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate immediately if the Executive’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for any reason.
3. SERVICES DURING CERTAIN EVENTS. In the event any person (as that term is used in Section 1(i) above) commences a tender or exchange offer, distributes proxy materials to the Corporation’s shareholders or takes other steps to effect a Change in Control, the Executive agrees he will not voluntarily terminate his employment with the Corporation other than by reason of his retirement at normal retirement age, and will continue to serve as a full-time employee of the Corporation until such efforts to effect a Change in Control are abandoned or terminated or until a Change in Control has occurred.
4. TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Corporation for Cause, Disability or otherwise or by the Executive for Good Reason, which, in any case, occurs at any time during the Effective Period, shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party.
5. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL.
(i) For Cause. If, at any time during the Effective Period, the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for Cause, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive, not later than 30 days following the Date of Termination, his full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and the Corporation shall not have any further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

 


 

(ii) Death or Disability. If, at any time during the Effective Period, the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive or his legal representative, not later than 30 days following the Date of Termination, his full base salary through the Date of Termination, and the Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Executive or his legal representative under this Agreement after the Date of Termination.
(iii) For Good Reason or Without Cause. If the Executive’s employment is terminated at any time during the Effective Period by either: (a) the Corporation for any reason other than for Cause, Disability, or death, or (b) the Executive for Good Reason, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive, not later than 30 days following the Date of Termination:
(A) The Executive’s accrued but unpaid base salary through the Date of Termination;
(B) In lieu of any further payments of salary to the Executive after the Date of Termination, notwithstanding any dispute between the Executive and the Corporation as to the payment to the Executive of any other amounts under this Agreement or otherwise, a lump sum cash severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) equal to the greater of (i) the total compensation (including bonus) paid to or accrued for the benefit of the Executive by the Corporation for services rendered during the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurred or (ii) the total compensation (including bonus) paid to or accrued for the benefit of the Executive by the Corporation for services rendered during the twelve-month period immediately preceding the Date of Termination.
Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and as determined under the Corporation’s policy for determining specified employees, on the Date of Termination, the Severance Payment and any other amount under this Agreement that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall not be paid until the first business day of the seventh month following the Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death). The payment made following this postponement period shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during such period.
(iv) The Executive’s right to receive payments under this Agreement shall not decrease the amount of, or otherwise adversely affect, any other benefits payable to the Executive under any plan, agreement or arrangement relating to employee benefits provided by the Corporation.
(v) The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5 be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer or by reason of the Executive’s receipt of or right to receive any retirement or other benefits after the date of termination of employment or otherwise.
6. NON-COMPETITION; CONFIDENTIALITY
(i) Period. For a period of one year following the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall not, as a shareholder, employee, officer, director, partner, consultant or otherwise, engage directly or indirectly in any business or enterprise which is in Competition with the Corporation (as defined below); provided, however, that this Section 6(i) shall not apply if (A) the Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, or (C) following a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason.

 

 


 

(ii) Competition with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) the words “Competition with the Corporation” shall be deemed to include competition with the Corporation or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Corporation (an “Affiliate”), or their respective successors or assigns, or the business of any of them, and (B) a business or enterprise shall be deemed to be in Competition with the Corporation if it is engaged in any business activity which is the same or comparable to any business activity of the Corporation or any Affiliate from time to time during the Executive’s employment with the Corporation in any geographic area of the United States in which the Corporation or any Affiliate conducted such business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein contained shall prevent the Executive from purchasing and holding for investment less than 5% of the shares of any corporation the shares of which are regularly traded either on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market.
(iii) Interpretation of Covenant. The parties hereto agree that the duration and area for which the covenant not to compete set forth in this Section 6 is to be effective are reasonable. In the event that any court determines that the time period or the area, or both of them, are unreasonable and that such covenant is to that extent unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the covenant shall remain in full force and effect for the greatest time period and in the greatest area that would not render it unenforceable. The parties intend that this covenant shall be deemed to be a series of separate covenants, one for each and every county of each and every state of the United States of America where the covenant not to compete is intended to be effective.
(iv) Prohibition on Disclosure or Use. The Executive shall at all times keep and maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information (as defined below), and the Executive shall not, at any time, either during or subsequent to his employment with the Corporation, either directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or divulge, disclose, or communicate any Confidential Information to any person or entity in any manner whatsoever, other than (A) to employees or agents of the Corporation having a need to know such Confidential Information and only to the extent necessary to perform their responsibilities on behalf of the Corporation and (B) in the performance of the Executive’s employment duties to the Corporation.
(v) Definition of Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all information (excluding information in the public domain) related to the business of the Corporation or any Affiliate, including without limitation all processes; inventions; trade secrets; computer programs; engineering or technical data, drawings, or designs; manufacturing techniques; information concerning pricing and pricing policies; marketing techniques; plans and forecasts; new product information; information concerning suppliers; methods and manner of operations; and information relating to the identity and location of all past, present, and prospective customers.
(vi) Equitable Relief. The Executive’s obligations contained in this Section 6 are of special and unique character which gives them a peculiar value to the Corporation, and the Corporation cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law in the event the Executive breaches such obligations. The Executive therefore expressly agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies which Corporation may possess, the Corporation shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief in the form of preliminary and permanent injunctions without bond or other security in the event of any actual or threatened breach of said obligations by the Executive. The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
7. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(i) The Corporation will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Corporation to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and the Executive shall be entitled to termination for Good Reason and shall receive the benefits described in Section 5(iii) of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, “Corporation” shall mean the Corporation as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 7 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. Nothing contained in this Section 7 shall be construed to modify or affect the definition of a “Change in Control” contained in Section 1 hereof.

 

 


 

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
8. ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The award of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and nonappealable and judgment upon such award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be an arbitrator qualified to serve in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and one who is approved by both the Corporation and the Executive. In the absence of such approval, each party shall designate a person qualified to serve as an arbitrator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and the two persons so designated shall select the arbitrator from among those persons qualified to serve in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration shall be held in Columbus, Ohio or such other place as may be agreed upon at the time by the parties to the arbitration.
9. NOTICES. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the third day after being mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (ii) on the following day if sent by a nationally registered overnight courier service, addressed in the case of the Executive, to
Greg Ackard
(address on record in the Corporation)
and in the case of the Corporation, to the principal executive offices of the Corporation, provided that all notices to the Corporation shall be directed to the attention of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer with copies to the Secretary of the Corporation and to its Board of Directors, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
10. MISCELLANEOUS. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Corporation. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representation, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof has been made by either party which is not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws (but not the law of conflicts of laws) of the State of Ohio.
11. VALIDITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 


 

12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings, and agreements between them [including, without limitation, the offer letter effective as of September 14, 2000].
13. SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. It is intended that this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and this Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly. Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date and year first above written.
         
  R. G. BARRY CORPORATION
 
 
  /s/ Greg Tunney    
  By: Greg Tunney   
  Title:   President, CEO   
     
  /s/ Greg Ackard    
  Greg Ackard   

 

 

EX-10.55 6 c89915exv10w55.htm EXHIBIT 10.55 Exhibit 10. 55
Exhibit 10.55
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRAL PLAN

EMPLOYEES’ NOTICE OF ELIGIBILITY
To:                                         
From:                                         
Date:                                         
Re: Deferral of Restricted Stock Units for Calendar Year 2009
You are eligible to participate in the R. G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan (“Deferral Plan”). You may elect to participate in the Deferral Plan by completing and returning the attached Participation Agreement to                      at R. G. Barry Corporation; 13405 Yarmouth Road N.W.; Pickerington, Ohio 43147 by no later than December 31, 2008.
Before deciding whether you want to participate in the Deferral Plan, you should read this Notice of Eligibility and the Deferral Plan.
1.00 Deferral of income taxation relating to certain Restricted Stock Units.
Pursuant to the Deferral Plan and the attached Participation Agreement, you may elect to defer income taxes on any Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) granted to you under the R. G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“Equity Plan”) in calendar year 2009 (“2009 RSUs”).
Although your 2009 RSUs will not be granted until [                    ], 2009, we expect that you will be awarded [                    ] RSUs, which will generally “vest” on the first anniversary of the grant date. Any RSUs granted to you will be subject to the terms and conditions of an award agreement and the Equity Plan.
Normally, you will recognize taxable income when the common shares of the Company (“Shares”) underlying your RSUs are delivered to you. However, you may defer income taxation of all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs by following the instructions included in this Notice of Eligibility and the Participation Agreement. If you make a deferral election in accordance with the Participation Agreement and the Deferral Plan, you will not have to pay income taxes with respect to the Shares underlying the 2009 RSUs until you actually receive a distribution from the Deferral Plan.
This Notice of Eligibility describes:
   
How and when you may elect to defer income taxation with respect to all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs (see Section 2.00);
   
How and when you will receive the value of any deferred 2009 RSUs (see Section 3.00);
   
The income and other tax consequences of deferring all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs (see Section 4.00); and
   
What you should do next (see Section 5.00).
2.00 You must act soon if you want to defer all or a portion of your 2009 RSUs.
You must make an election, if any, to defer your 2009 RSUs by December 31, 2008. Also, you should understand that:
   
Once made, you may not revoke the deferral election;
   
You may make the deferral election with respect to all or a portion of your 2009 RSUs; and
   
Your deferral election in the attached Participation Agreement will affect only your 2009 RSUs — if you want to make a similar election for later awards, you must make a separate election.

 

 


 

You may elect to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs by completing the attached Participation Agreement.
3.00 Distribution of deferred 2009 RSUs.
3.01 How the deferral works.
Any 2009 RSUs that you defer into the Deferral Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Deferral Plan. In general, the Deferral Plan works as follows:
   
A bookkeeping account will be maintained in your name under the Deferral Plan;
   
Your account will be credited with the number of Shares equal to the number of 2009 RSUs you elect to defer at the time such 2009 RSUs “vest”;
   
Your account will be distributed and you will be entitled to receive the number of Shares credited to your account upon the earliest to occur of your Termination or Disability or a Change in Control (each as described in the Deferral Plan); and
   
Normally, your Deferral Plan benefit will be distributed in a single distribution, although you may elect to have the distribution made in a series of installments (see Section 3.02 below).
Note: There is no guarantee that the value of the Shares credited to your account will increase.
3.02 How the value of your deferred 2009 RSUs will be distributed.
The Deferral Plan provides that, in general, the value of your Deferral Plan benefit will be distributed in a single payment within 70 days following the occurrence of a “distribution event” (described in the Deferral Plan). However, the Deferral Plan allows you to elect to have the value of your deferred 2009 RSUs distributed in five annual installments if you make that election in the Participation Agreement at the same time you elect to defer your 2009 RSUs.
Before you make any election affecting the form of distribution of your deferred 2009 RSUs, you should understand three rules:
   
If you elect to receive a distribution in five annual installments, the number of Shares you receive will be the number of 2009 RSUs deferred divided by the remaining number of installments (e.g., the first distribution will be one-fifth of your deferred 2009 RSUs, the second distribution will be one-fourth of your remaining deferred 2009 RSUs and so forth);
   
You may not change this election once it has been made; and
   
You may not elect an installment period other than five years (i.e., the only alternatives are a single distribution and five annual installments).
4.00 Tax Consequences with respect to your deferred 2009 RSUs.
Normally, if you elect to make the deferral election described in Section 2.00 of this Notice of Eligibility, the value of your 2009 RSUs will not be subject to income taxes until the Shares credited to your account are distributed to you, although federal and local self-employment and wage taxes are due when the 2009 RSUs vest. Generally, federal and local self-employment and wage taxes are limited to Social Security and Medicare taxes and city and school district wage taxes. These taxes, which you must pay when the 2009 RSUs vest (whether or not you defer the receipt of the Shares underlying the RSUs), are your responsibility.

 

 


 

5.00 What you should do next.
After you read this Notice of Eligibility and the Plan, you should:
   
Contact                      at                      if you have any questions about this deferral opportunity; and
   
Complete the appropriate portions of the attached Participation Agreement. This is done by:
   
Completing Sections 2.00, 3.00 and 4.00 of the attached Participation Agreement if you do want to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs; or
   
Completing Sections 2.00 and 4.00 of the attached Participation Agreement if you do not want to defer any portion of your 2009 RSUs.
IRS CIRCULAR 230 DISCLOSURE: In order to ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, we inform you that any federal tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of (i) avoiding penalties that may be imposed under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another person, any transaction or other matter addressed herein.

 

 

EX-10.56 7 c89915exv10w56.htm EXHIBIT 10.56 Exhibit 10.56
Exhibit 10.56
R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRAL PLAN

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT RELATING TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS GRANTED IN CALENDAR YEAR 2009
1.00 Important instructions for completing this Participation Agreement.
Before you complete this Participation Agreement, you should read the Notice of Eligibility that accompanies this Participation Agreement (“Notice of Eligibility”) and the R. G. Barry Corporation Amended and Restated Deferral Plan (“Deferral Plan”).
   
If you do want to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs (as defined in the Notice of Eligibility), complete Sections 2.00, 3.00 and 4.00 of this Participation Agreement;
   
If you do not want to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs, complete Sections 2.00 and 4.00 of this Participation Agreement; and
   
If you have any questions about this deferral opportunity, contact                      at                      or at the address given below.
A signed and completed copy of this Participation Agreement must be returned to the following address no later than December 31, 2008:
                                                            
R. G. Barry Corporation
13405 Yarmouth Road N. W.
Pickerington, Ohio 43147
2.00 Participation.
Check the first box below if you do want to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs subject to the terms of the Deferral Plan or check the second box below if you do not want to defer any portion of your 2009 RSUs.
Note: An election under this section will apply only to your 2009 RSUs and will be irrevocable when made. A separate election must be made to defer any other grants under the Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“Equity Plan”).
o Check here if you do want to defer all or any portion of your 2009 RSUs, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deferral Plan. Also, please indicate the percentage of 2009 RSUs you want to defer:
                    % (insert 25%, 50%, 75% or 100%) of your 2009 RSUs.
You also must complete Sections 3.00 and 4.00 of this Participation Agreement.
o Check here if you do not want to defer any portion of your 2009 RSUs. You also must complete Section 4.00 of this Participation Agreement.

 

 


 

3.00 Distributions.
Complete this section only if you want to receive the value of your deferred 2009 RSUs in five annual installments. If you do not complete this section, your Deferral Plan account will be distributed in a single payment.
Note: An election under this section will apply only to your 2009 RSUs and will be irrevocable when made. A separate election must be made for any other grants under the Equity Plan.
o Check here if you do want to receive the value of your 2009 RSUs in five annual installments, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deferral Plan.
4.00 Acknowledgements.
 
By signing below, you acknowledge that:
   
You have received and read a copy of the Deferral Plan and the Notice of Eligibility;
   
You fully understand the terms of the Deferral Plan and the risks associated with any election you make pursuant to the Deferral Plan;
   
The Deferral Plan is unfunded and not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and that you have no right or claim to receive benefits related to the Deferral Plan other than those specifically described in the Deferral Plan;
   
You are solely responsible for ensuring that the records of the Committee (as defined in the Deferral Plan) contain your and your beneficiary’s respective current addresses; and
   
You may designate a beneficiary to receive any amounts due at your death (or change your beneficiary) as described in the Deferral Plan.
         
 
       
Date
  Signature    
 
       
 
       
 
  Printed Name    
Received by the Committee on:                                         

 

 

EX-14.1 8 c89915exv14w1.htm EXHIBIT 14.1 Exhibit 14.1
Exhibit 14.1
R.G. Barry Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
A fundamental goal of R. G. Barry Corporation and its subsidiaries (“R. G. Barry” or the “Company”) is to implement our core values in a manner that leads to the long-term success of the Company and its shareholders and employees. At R. G. Barry, we strive to achieve the highest business and personal ethical standards as well as compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) is intended as an overview of the Company’s guiding principles and not as a restatement of Company policies and procedures.
This Code cannot and is not intended to cover every applicable law or provide answers to all questions that might arise; for that we must ultimately rely on each person’s good sense of what is right, including a sense of when it is proper to seek guidance from others on the appropriate course of conduct. Because our business depends upon the reputation of the Company and its directors, officers and employees for integrity and principled business conduct, in many instances this Code goes beyond the requirements of the law.
Employees should refer to the confidential policies contained in the R. G. Barry Associate Handbook (hereinafter, the “Associate Handbook”) and Associate Policies for a description of the employment policies applicable to them. This Code is a statement of goals and expectations for individual and business conduct. It is not intended to and does not in any way constitute an employment contract or assurance of continued employment, and does not create any rights in any employee, customer, supplier, vendor, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity to bring any legal claim or lawsuit against the Company in any court or governmental agency. An employee of the Company, unless he or she is a party to an express, written contract to the contrary, is an employee at-will. The employee may terminate employment as he or she chooses and the Company may terminate that employment, or take such other lesser action, as it finds to be in the best interest of the Company.
It is the obligation of each and every director, officer and employee of the Company to become familiar with the goals and policies of the Company and integrate them into every aspect of our business. The Company will periodically send this Code to the Company’s management to ensure familiarity with this Code. Our ethics are ultimately determined by all of us as we do our daily jobs. Our standard has been, and will continue to be, that of the highest ethical conduct.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Directors, officers and employees of the Company must act honestly and ethically and have a duty of loyalty to the Company, and must therefore avoid any actual or apparent conflict of interest between personal and professional relationships. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also may arise when an employee, officer or director, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

 

 


 

The following rules apply:
    Directors, officers and employees (“Insiders”) may not use their position with the Company, or knowledge gained from their position with the Company, in a manner that conflicts with the interests of the Company. Insiders should avoid any direct or indirect financial or other interest in any transaction between the Company and a third party if the Insider’s interests would conflict (or might reasonably appear to conflict) with the interests of the Company.
 
    If the Company is engaged or proposes to engage in a business transaction or enter into a business relationship with a third party with whom an Insider (or one of his/her relatives) is affiliated or in which the Insider has (or the relative has) an interest, the interest should be disclosed immediately by the Insider as provided below.
 
    The Company’s conflict of interest policy is intended to prohibit rebates, commissions, kickbacks, profit-sharing arrangements and compensation in any form to Insiders of the Company from a third party in connection with the third party’s dealings or proposed dealings with the Company.
 
    Insiders should never place themselves under actual or apparent obligation to a third party which deals or proposes to deal with the Company by accepting (or permitting a relative to accept) from the third party such things as gifts, benefits, gratuities or unusual hospitality for the purpose of (or which might have the effect of) improperly influencing the Insider’s judgment in the performance of Company duties and responsibilities. This policy does not include the receipt of insignificant gifts or other benefits, or the value of reasonable and reciprocal entertainment, which is consistent with local and social business custom.
It is the Company’s policy to prohibit the extension or maintenance of credit, either directly or indirectly, or arrange for the extension of credit or renewing an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer (or person performing similar functions) of the Company provided however, the Board of Directors may provide for limited exceptions to this prohibition in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
If a “conflict of interest” situation arises, employees must immediately report the circumstances to their management supervisor and local facilities management. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and members of the Board of Directors must report any such circumstances to the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Governance Committee”).
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
No director, officer or employee may: (a) take for himself or herself personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position; (b) use Company property, information or position for personal gain; or (c) compete with the Company. Directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

 


 

USE OF INSIDE INFORMATION
It is the Company’s goal to protect shareholder investments through strict enforcement of the prohibition against insider trading set forth in federal securities laws and regulations. No director, officer or employee may buy or sell shares of the Company at a time when in possession of “material non-public information.” (There is, however, an exception for trades made pursuant to certain pre-existing trading plans established in compliance with applicable law.) Passing such information to someone who may buy or sell shares is also prohibited. The prohibition on insider trading applies to the Company’s shares and to securities of other companies if the director, officer or employee learns of material non-public information about those other companies in the course of his or her duties for the Company. This prohibition also extends to certain non-employees who may learn about the “material non-public information” about the Company such as spouses, relatives, and close friends of directors, officers or employees. Insider trading is both unethical and illegal and will be dealt with firmly. Company employees should see the R. G. Barry Corporation Policy Regarding Trading in R. G. Barry Stock and Associate Policy # G-10 for a more detailed description of the Company’s policy prohibiting insider trading.
CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS
The Company is committed, consistent with legal and regulatory requirements, to maintaining an active and open dialogue with its shareholders and potential investors. No person other than persons authorized by the CEO or Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are authorized to speak on behalf of the Company to securities analysts, broker-dealers, shareholders or the press.
FAIR DEALING
Each director, officer and employee shall endeavor to deal fairly and in good faith with Company customers, shareholders, suppliers, regulators, business partners, competitors and others. No director, officer or employee shall take unfair advantage of any such person or entity through manipulation, concealment of information required to be disclosed, abuse of privileged or confidential information, misrepresentation, fraudulent behavior or any other unfair dealing practice, provided that these principles do not create any rights in any employee, customer, supplier, vendor, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity to bring any legal claim or lawsuit against the Company in any court or governmental agency.
CONFIDENTIALITY
All directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company, its business partners, suppliers, customers or others related to the Company’s business. Such information must not be disclosed to others, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to the Company, or its customers, if disclosed. Company employees should see Associate Policy # G-2 and the Associate Handbook (Guidelines 3 and 6) for a more detailed description of the Company’s Policy on Confidentiality.

 

 


 

ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
It is the policy of the Company to fully and fairly disclose the financial condition of the Company in compliance with applicable accounting principles, laws, rules and regulations. All books and records of the Company shall be kept in such a way as to fully and fairly reflect all Company transactions. Furthermore, the CEO and the CFO shall prepare or oversee the preparation of full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the SEC and in the Company’s other public communications.
RECORDS RETENTION
Directors, officers and employees are expected to become familiar with the Company’s policies regarding records retention applicable to them and to strictly adhere to those procedures as outlined in the policies.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS
The Company takes a proactive stance on compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including, as mentioned above, insider trading laws. All directors, officers and employees of the Company when acting on behalf of the Company shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and applicable rules and regulations of the American Stock Exchange.
DUTY TO REPORT AND CONSEQUENCES
Every director, officer and employee has a duty to adhere to this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and all existing Company policies and to report to the Company any suspected violations in accordance with applicable procedures.
Employees shall report suspected violations of Company policies contained in the Associate Handbook by following the reporting procedures set forth in the Associate Handbook under “Open Door Policy.” All suspected violations of the Code by an officer of the Company must be reported to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (unless the suspected violation is by the Chief Executive Officer, in which case the suspected violation should be reported to the Chair of the Company’s Audit Committee). All suspected violations by a director of the Company who is not an employee or officer must be reported to the Chair of the Company’s Audit Committee or the Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Company will investigate any matter so reported and may take such disciplinary and corrective action, up to and including termination, as it finds to be appropriate and in the best interests of the Company. The Company forbids retaliation against employees who report violations of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in good faith.

 

 


 

SCOPE
This Code does not supersede, change or alter the existing Company policies and procedures already in place as stated in the Associate Handbook and communicated to Company employees. Certain policies referred to herein are contained in their entirety in the Associate Handbook, and Company employees are instructed to refer to the Associate Handbook for a copy of those policies and required reporting procedures. As previously indicated, the Associate Handbook contains information that is proprietary and confidential, and the Company hereby expressly denies waiving any right to assert claims that the Contents of the Associate Handbook are proprietary and/or confidential.
No Company policy can provide definitive answers to all questions. If employees have questions regarding any of the goals, or standards discussed or policies referenced in this Code or are in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation, the employee should refer to the reporting requirements for that goal or standard as stated in this Code, or the reporting requirements for policies as stated in the Associate Handbook under “Open Door Policy” and contact the person or party designated. If no resource is listed and when in doubt, ask Yvonne Kalucis - Vice President, Human Resources. Of course, nothing in this Code alters the employment-at-will status of any employee of the Company or creates any rights in any employee, customer, supplier, vendor, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity to bring any legal claim or lawsuit against the Company in any court or governmental agency. Each employee may terminate employment as he or she chooses and the Company may terminate that employment, or take such other lesser action, as it finds to be in the best interests of the Company.
Any waivers of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Board of Directors or a Board committee to which such responsibility has been delegated, and must be publicly disclosed in a prompt manner as required by the SEC.

 

 

EX-21.1 9 c89915exv21w1.htm EXHIBIT 21.1 Exhibit 21.1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF R.G. BARRY CORPORATION
     
    State or Other
    Jurisdiction of
    Incorporation or
    Organization
 
 
R.G. Barry International, Inc.
  Ohio
The Dearfoams Company
  Ohio
RGB Technology, Inc. (formerly known as Vesture Corporation)
  North Carolina

 

 

EX-23.1 10 c89915exv23w1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1 Exhibit 23.1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
R.G. Barry Corporation:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 33-23567, 33-67596, 33-83252, 333-06875, 333-28671, 333-81105, 333-90544, 333-111100 and 333-131672) on Form S-8 of R.G. Barry Corporation of our report dated September 8, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of R.G. Barry Corporation and subsidiaries as of as of June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years ended June 27 2009, June 28, 2008 and June 30, 2007, which report appears in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.G. Barry Corporation for the year ended June 27, 2009.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Columbus, Ohio
September 8, 2009

 

 

EX-24.1 11 c89915exv24w1.htm EXHIBIT 24.1 Exhibit 24.1
Exhibit 24.1
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ David P. Lauer    
  David P. Lauer   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ David L. Nichols    
  David L. Nichols   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for her and in her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 25th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Janice E. Page    
  Janice E. Page   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Edward M. Stan    
  Edward M. Stan   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 23rd day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Gordon Zacks    
  Gordon Zacks   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Harvey A. Weinberg    
  Harvey A. Weinberg   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Nicholas P. DiPaolo    
  Nicholas P. DiPaolo   
     
         

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Roger E. Lautzenhiser    
  Roger E. Lautzenhiser   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 24th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Thomas M. Von Lehman    
  Thomas M. Von Lehman   
     

 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of R.G. Barry Corporation, an Ohio corporation, which is about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009, hereby constitutes and appoints Greg A. Tunney, José G. Ibarra and Gary L. Sandefur as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments and documents related thereto, and to file the same, and any and all exhibits, financial statements and financial statement schedules relating thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and grants unto each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and substitute or substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all things that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of June, 2009.
         
  /s/ Greg A. Tunney    
  Greg A. Tunney   
     

 

 

EX-31.1 12 c89915exv31w1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 Exhibit 31.1
Exhibit 31.1
RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I, Greg A. Tunney, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.G. Barry Corporation for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based upon such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: September 8, 2009  /s/ Greg A. Tunney    
  Printed Name:   Greg A. Tunney   
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   

 

 

EX-31.2 13 c89915exv31w2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 Exhibit 31.2
Exhibit 31.2
RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I, José G. Ibarra, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.G. Barry Corporation for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2009;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based upon such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: September 8, 2008  /s/ José G. Ibarra    
  Printed Name:   José G. Ibarra   
  Title:   Senior Vice President — Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial Officer) 
 

 

 

EX-32.1 14 c89915exv32w1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1 Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit 32.1
SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS*
I, Greg A. Tunney, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge, the Annual Report of R.G. Barry Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2008 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of R.G. Barry Corporation and its subsidiaries.
         
Date: September 8, 2009  By:   /s/ Greg A. Tunney *    
    Greg A. Tunney   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   
I, José G. Ibarra, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge, the Annual Report of R.G. Barry Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2008 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of R.G. Barry Corporation and its subsidiaries.
         
Date: September 8, 2009  By:   /s/ José G. Ibarra *    
    José G. Ibarra   
    Title:   Senior Vice President — Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial Officer) 
 
 
     
*   These certifications are being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. These certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that R.G. Barry Corporation specifically incorporates these certifications by reference.

 

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----